Horāsāra

जयति जगदेकहेतुर्विश्वात्मा सर्वलोकदीपकरः। अनुदिनमुदयविनाशस्थितिकर्ता भास्करो दिनाधीशः

jayati jagadekaheturviśvātmā sarvalokadīpakaraḥ| anudinamudayavināśasthitikartā bhāskaro dinādhīśaḥ

Victorious is he who is the world's one cause, the Self of the universe, the maker of light for all the worlds, who day after day works rising, dissolution and continuance — Bhāskara ⟨the Sun⟩, the lord of the day.

निमिषादिवत्सरान्तः कालो राशिप्रमाणमेकैकः। गणितस्कन्धे प्रोक्तं पूर्वं ग्रहलक्षणैः सार्धम्

nimiṣādivatsarāntaḥ kālo rāśipramāṇamekaikaḥ| gaṇitaskandhe proktaṃ pūrvaṃ grahalakṣaṇaiḥ sārdham

Time, from the nimeṣa up to the year, each single ⟨measure⟩ of it, and the extent of the rāśis, has been declared already in the gaṇita branch, together with the characteristics of the grahas.

होरास्कन्धे सम्यग्दशाविभागः पुरा विनिर्दिष्टः। विस्तारिशास्त्रमार्गैर्न शक्यते मन्दबुद्धिभिर्ज्ञातुम्

horāskandhe samyagdaśāvibhāgaḥ purā vinirdiṣṭaḥ| vistāriśāstramārgairna śakyate mandabuddhibhirjñātum

In the horā branch too the division of the daśās was fully set forth of old; but by the paths of that far-spread śāstra it cannot be understood by the dull of mind.

तस्मात्प्रयोगसिद्धैराचार्यैर्यत्फलं प्रोक्तम्। तत्स्पष्टार्थं वक्ष्ये होराशास्त्रार्णवात्सारम्

tasmātprayogasiddhairācāryairyatphalaṃ proktam| tatspaṣṭārthaṃ vakṣye horāśāstrārṇavātsāram

Therefore the fruit ⟨phala⟩ that the ācāryas, proven in practice, have declared — that I shall state in plain sense: the essence ⟨drawn⟩ from the ocean of the horā-śāstra.

मेषवृषमिथुनकर्कटसिंहाः कन्या तुला च वृश्चिककः। धन्वी मकरः कुम्भो मीनाविति राशिनामानि

meṣavṛṣamithunakarkaṭasiṃhāḥ kanyā tulā ca vṛścikakaḥ| dhanvī makaraḥ kumbho mīnāviti rāśināmāni

Meṣa, Vṛṣa, Mithuna, Karkaṭa, Siṃha, Kanyā and Tulā, Vṛścika, Dhanvin ⟨Dhanus⟩, Makara, Kumbha and the two Mīnas — these are the names of the rāśis.

कन्या सानलसस्या प्लवगाऽथ तुलाधरो घटी मीनौ। नक्रो मृगास्य उक्तो नरोऽश्वजघनो धनुष्पाणिः

kanyā sānalasasyā plavagā'tha tulādharo ghaṭī mīnau| nakro mṛgāsya ukto naro'śvajaghano dhanuṣpāṇiḥ

Kanyā ⟨is a maiden⟩ with fire and an ear of corn, riding in a boat; then ⟨Tulā⟩ a scale-bearer, ⟨Kumbha⟩ a pot, ⟨Mīna⟩ two fish; Makara is called a crocodile with a deer's face; ⟨Dhanus is⟩ a man with a horse's hindquarters, bow in hand.

मेषवृषसिंहकर्कटकीटास्ते तु स्वनामसदृशचराः। नरमिथुनं दण्डधरं वीणासक्तं च विज्ञेयम्

meṣavṛṣasiṃhakarkaṭakīṭāste tu svanāmasadṛśacarāḥ| naramithunaṃ daṇḍadharaṃ vīṇāsaktaṃ ca vijñeyam

Meṣa, Vṛṣa, Siṃha, Karkaṭa and Kīṭa ⟨Vṛścika⟩ — these move in the likeness of their own names. Mithuna is to be known as a human pair, ⟨the man⟩ bearing a staff and ⟨the woman⟩ intent upon a vīṇā.

अलिझषमकरकुलीरा जलात्मका जलचराश्च विज्ञेयाः। तौलिघटवृषभकन्या जलाश्रितास्तत्प्रदेश निरताः स्युः

alijhaṣamakarakulīrā jalātmakā jalacarāśca vijñeyāḥ| taulighaṭavṛṣabhakanyā jalāśritāstatpradeśa niratāḥ syuḥ

Ali ⟨Vṛścika⟩, Jhaṣa ⟨Mīna⟩, Makara and Kulīra ⟨Karkaṭa⟩ are to be known as watery in nature and water-ranging. Tulā, Ghaṭa ⟨Kumbha⟩, Vṛṣabha and Kanyā rest upon water — they keep to the tracts ⟨about⟩ it.

स्थलराशयस्तु शेषाः सिंहो गिरिगह्वरप्रदेशस्थः। सानुप्रदेशनिरतो मेषो नगराश्रितस्तुलाधारी

sthalarāśayastu śeṣāḥ siṃho girigahvarapradeśasthaḥ| sānupradeśanirato meṣo nagarāśritastulādhārī

The rest are land rāśis. Siṃha stands in the region of mountain caves; Meṣa keeps to the region of the upland slopes ⟨sānu⟩; the scale-bearer ⟨Tulā⟩ resorts to towns.

ग्रामचरो मिथुनाख्यो रणभूमिचरो धनुर्धरो राशिः। कर्कटवृश्चिकमीनाः कीटाख्या वृश्चिको विशेषेण

grāmacaro mithunākhyo raṇabhūmicaro dhanurdharo rāśiḥ| karkaṭavṛścikamīnāḥ kīṭākhyā vṛściko viśeṣeṇa

The rāśi called Mithuna ranges in villages; the bow-bearing rāśi ⟨Dhanus⟩ ranges on the battlefield. Karkaṭa, Vṛścika and Mīna are called kīṭa ⟨creeping⟩ — Vṛścika especially.

चापान्त्यो मकरादिर्वृषमेषमृगेश्वराश्चतुश्चरणाः। घटमिथुन तुला कन्याश्चापस्यार्धं मनुष्यसञ्ज्ञाः स्युः

cāpāntyo makarādirvṛṣameṣamṛgeśvarāścatuścaraṇāḥ| ghaṭamithuna tulā kanyāścāpasyārdhaṃ manuṣyasañjñāḥ syuḥ

The last ⟨half⟩ of Cāpa ⟨Dhanus⟩ and the first ⟨half⟩ of Makara, with Vṛṣa, Meṣa and Mṛgeśvara ⟨Siṃha⟩, are four-footed. Ghaṭa ⟨Kumbha⟩, Mithuna, Tulā, Kanyā and half of Cāpa bear the name human.

लग्नं प्राप्ता द्विपदा बलान्विता मध्यगाश्चतुश्चरणाः। सर्वे कीटा अस्ते हिबुके जलचारिणस्तथा बलिनः

lagnaṃ prāptā dvipadā balānvitā madhyagāścatuścaraṇāḥ| sarve kīṭā aste hibuke jalacāriṇastathā balinaḥ

The biped ⟨signs⟩, when they have reached the lagna, are possessed of strength; the four-footed when in the midheaven ⟨the 10th⟩; all the kīṭa ⟨signs⟩ in the asta ⟨the 7th house⟩; and the water-ranging likewise in the hibuka ⟨the 4th house⟩.

ऋक्षद्वयं सपादं राशौ राशौ क्रमेण संयोज्यम्। नव नव पादसमेता मेषाश्विन्यादिमीन पौष्णान्ताः

ṛkṣadvayaṃ sapādaṃ rāśau rāśau krameṇa saṃyojyam| nava nava pādasametā meṣāśvinyādimīna pauṣṇāntāḥ

Two nakṣatras and a quarter are to be joined, in order, to each successive rāśi. ⟨Each⟩ is made up of nine pādas — ⟨the series⟩ beginning with Meṣa and Aśvinī and ending with Mīna and Pauṣṇa ⟨Revatī⟩.

पूषाश्विन्योः सन्धावहिमघयोर्ज्येष्ठमूलयोः सन्धौ। घटिका गण्डान्ता इह चतुस्समाश्चापरे षडिति

pūṣāśvinyoḥ sandhāvahimaghayorjyeṣṭhamūlayoḥ sandhau| ghaṭikā gaṇḍāntā iha catussamāścāpare ṣaḍiti

At the junction of Pūṣā ⟨Revatī⟩ and Aśvinī, at that of Ahi ⟨Āśleṣā⟩ and Maghā, and at the junction of Jyeṣṭhā and Mūla — here the gaṇḍāntas are of one ghaṭikā, and they last four years; others ⟨hold them to last⟩ six.

अजमृगतौलिकुलीरा नवांशकाद्याः क्रमादजादीनाम्। स्वगृहाद्राश्यंशेशा द्रेक्काणेशाः स्वपञ्चनवमेशाः

ajamṛgataulikulīrā navāṃśakādyāḥ kramādajādīnām| svagṛhādrāśyaṃśeśā drekkāṇeśāḥ svapañcanavameśāḥ

Aja ⟨Meṣa⟩, Mṛga ⟨Makara⟩, Taulī ⟨Tulā⟩ and Kulīra ⟨Karkaṭa⟩ are the first navāṃśas, in order, of ⟨the signs⟩ beginning with Aja. The lords of the rāśi's aṃśas ⟨run on⟩ from ⟨each⟩ one's own house; the lords of the drekkāṇas are the lords of the sign itself, of the fifth and of the ninth.

शरपञ्चाष्ट च सप्त च पञ्च च भागाः क्रमेण विषमेषु। आरार्किजीवसौम्याः शुक्रश्चैषां समेषु विपरीताः

śarapañcāṣṭa ca sapta ca pañca ca bhāgāḥ krameṇa viṣameṣu| ārārkijīvasaumyāḥ śukraścaiṣāṃ sameṣu viparītāḥ

Five, five, eight, seven and five degrees, in that order, in the odd ⟨signs⟩ ⟨belong to⟩ Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, Mercury and Venus; in the even ⟨signs⟩ these are reversed.

अजवृषभचापमकराः पृष्ठत उद्यन्ति कर्किणा युक्ताः। मिथुनयुता निशिबलिनो मीनस्तिर्यङ्मुखश्च सन्ध्यायाम्

ajavṛṣabhacāpamakarāḥ pṛṣṭhata udyanti karkiṇā yuktāḥ| mithunayutā niśibalino mīnastiryaṅmukhaśca sandhyāyām

Aja ⟨Meṣa⟩, Vṛṣabha, Cāpa ⟨Dhanus⟩ and Makara, together with Karkaṭa, rise back-first ⟨pṛṣṭhodaya⟩; joined by Mithuna they are strong at night. Mīna is transverse-faced, and ⟨strong⟩ at twilight.

शीर्षोदया विमिथुनाः शेषा दिवसे बलान्विताः सततम्। स्वामिज्ञजीवयुक्ता दृष्टा वा राशयो बलाढ्याश्च

śīrṣodayā vimithunāḥ śeṣā divase balānvitāḥ satatam| svāmijñajīvayuktā dṛṣṭā vā rāśayo balāḍhyāśca

The rest, Mithuna excepted, are head-rising ⟨śīrṣodaya⟩ and are constantly strong by day. And rāśis joined with, or aspected by, their own lord, by Jña ⟨Mercury⟩ or by Jīva ⟨Jupiter⟩, are rich in strength.

पुंस्त्रीसञ्ज्ञे भवतो राशीनामस्थिराचलद्विगुणाः। मेषादीनां सिद्धा भूयो भूयश्चरस्थिरद्विगुणाः

puṃstrīsañjñe bhavato rāśīnāmasthirācaladviguṇāḥ| meṣādīnāṃ siddhā bhūyo bhūyaścarasthiradviguṇāḥ

Male and female are the two designations that belong to the rāśis ⟨alternately⟩. For ⟨those⟩ beginning with Meṣa, asthira ⟨unfixed⟩, acala ⟨immovable⟩ and dviguṇa ⟨double⟩ are established over and over again — that is, cara ⟨movable⟩, sthira ⟨fixed⟩ and dviguṇa ⟨dual⟩.

अजहरिचापा भूपा विप्रा मीनालिचन्द्रभवनानि। घटमिथुनतुला वैश्याः कन्यामकरवृषभास्तु शूद्राः स्युः

ajaharicāpā bhūpā viprā mīnālicandrabhavanāni| ghaṭamithunatulā vaiśyāḥ kanyāmakaravṛṣabhāstu śūdrāḥ syuḥ

Aja ⟨Meṣa⟩, Hari ⟨Siṃha⟩ and Cāpa ⟨Dhanus⟩ are kings ⟨kṣatriyas⟩; Mīna, Ali ⟨Vṛścika⟩ and the Moon's house ⟨Karkaṭa⟩ are brāhmaṇas; Ghaṭa ⟨Kumbha⟩, Mithuna and Tulā are vaiśyas; but Kanyā, Makara and Vṛṣabha are śūdras.

मूर्धमुखकण्ठवाहाहृदयोदरवस्तिगुह्यानि। ऊरू जानू जङ्घे चरणाविति राशयोऽजाद्याः

mūrdhamukhakaṇṭhavāhāhṛdayodaravastiguhyāni| ūrū jānū jaṅghe caraṇāviti rāśayo'jādyāḥ

Head, face, throat, arms, heart, belly, bladder ⟨lower abdomen⟩, privities, thighs, knees, shanks and feet — such are the rāśis beginning with Aja ⟨Meṣa⟩.

लग्नाद्विचिन्तनीयाः क्रमेण पूर्वोक्तदेहभेदास्ते। होराक्रमेण चिन्त्या देहस्याङ्गेषु पूर्वपश्चिमता

lagnādvicintanīyāḥ krameṇa pūrvoktadehabhedāste| horākrameṇa cintyā dehasyāṅgeṣu pūrvapaścimatā

Those divisions of the body stated above are to be considered in order from the lagna. By the order of the horā, the front and the hinder part in the limbs of the body is to be considered.

रक्तसितहरित पाटल परिधूम्रपाण्डुरचित्रकृष्णाश्च। कनकसमपिङ्गकर्बुरबभ्रुकवर्णास्त्वजादीनाम्

raktasitaharita pāṭala paridhūmrapāṇḍuracitrakṛṣṇāśca| kanakasamapiṅgakarburababhrukavarṇāstvajādīnām

Red, white, green, pale red, smoke-grey, pale yellow-white, many-coloured and black; and gold-like, tawny, speckled and brown — such are the colours of ⟨the signs⟩ beginning with Aja ⟨Meṣa⟩.

अनिमेषमेषराशी ह्रस्वौ वृषकुम्भयोस्तु वक्रतनुः। मृगमिथुनकर्किचापा दीर्घाः शेषास्तु मध्यमा ज्ञेयाः

animeṣameṣarāśī hrasvau vṛṣakumbhayostu vakratanuḥ| mṛgamithunakarkicāpā dīrghāḥ śeṣāstu madhyamā jñeyāḥ

The rāśis Animeṣa ⟨Mīna⟩ and Meṣa are short; but in Vṛṣa and Kumbha the body is crooked. Mṛga ⟨Makara⟩, Mithuna, Karkī ⟨Karkaṭa⟩ and Cāpa ⟨Dhanus⟩ are long; the rest are to be known as middling.

क्रियतावुरुजितुमकुलीरलेयपाथोनजूककौर्प्याख्याः। तौक्षिक आकोकेरो हृद्रोगश्चान्त्यभं चेत्थम्

kriyatāvurujitumakulīraleyapāthonajūkakaurpyākhyāḥ| taukṣika ākokero hṛdrogaścāntyabhaṃ cettham

Kriya, Tāvuru, Jituma, Kulīra, Leya, Pāthona, Jūka and Kaurpya are the ⟨further⟩ names; Taukṣika, Ākokera, Hṛdroga, and the last sign — Ittham: so it runs.

सङ्ख्याभिधानमपरैर्मेषादीनां क्रमेण निर्दिष्टम्। अलिसञ्ज्ञाष्टमराशेर्वनगिरिसञ्ज्ञा मृगेश्वरस्य स्यात्

saṅkhyābhidhānamaparairmeṣādīnāṃ krameṇa nirdiṣṭam| alisañjñāṣṭamarāśervanagirisañjñā mṛgeśvarasya syāt

By others a designation by number has been laid down for ⟨the signs⟩ beginning with Meṣa, in order. The eighth rāśi bears the name Ali ⟨scorpion⟩; and the name Vanagiri ⟨forest-and-mountain⟩ belongs to Mṛgeśvara ⟨Siṃha⟩.

तन्वर्थसहजबान्धवपुत्रारिकलत्रनैधनानि पुनः। धर्मक्रियायविगमा भावा होरादिषु ज्ञेयाः

tanvarthasahajabāndhavaputrārikalatranaidhanāni punaḥ| dharmakriyāyavigamā bhāvā horādiṣu jñeyāḥ

Body ⟨1st⟩, wealth ⟨2nd⟩, sahaja ⟨3rd⟩, kinsmen ⟨4th⟩, sons ⟨5th⟩, enemies ⟨6th⟩, wife ⟨7th⟩ and death ⟨8th⟩; then again dharma ⟨9th⟩, action ⟨10th⟩, gain ⟨11th⟩ and loss ⟨12th⟩ — these bhāvas are to be known ⟨as counted⟩ from the horā ⟨the lagna⟩ onward.

उदयसुखकामदशमं केन्द्रं तस्मात्परं फणपराख्यम्। आपोक्लिमं च परतस्तस्मात् त्रिविधास्तु राशयः कल्प्याः

udayasukhakāmadaśamaṃ kendraṃ tasmātparaṃ phaṇaparākhyam| āpoklimaṃ ca paratastasmāt trividhāstu rāśayaḥ kalpyāḥ

The udaya ⟨1st⟩, sukha ⟨4th⟩, kāma ⟨7th⟩ and the tenth are the kendra ⟨angles⟩; that which stands next beyond ⟨each of⟩ them is called phaṇapara; and next beyond that, the āpoklima. Thus the rāśis are to be reckoned as of three kinds.

केन्द्रस्य कण्टकमथो चतुष्टयं चेति नामनी द्वे स्तः। आपोक्लिमं तु चरमं पणफरसञ्ज्ञं तु मध्यकेन्द्रं च

kendrasya kaṇṭakamatho catuṣṭayaṃ ceti nāmanī dve staḥ| āpoklimaṃ tu caramaṃ paṇapharasañjñaṃ tu madhyakendraṃ ca

The kendra has two ⟨further⟩ names: kaṇṭaka and catuṣṭaya. The āpoklima is the hindmost; and that which bears the name paṇaphara is the middle kendra.

चतुरस्रं वधहिबुकं षट्कोणं लाभषष्ठयोः सञ्ज्ञा त्रिषडेकादशदशमान्युपचयसञ्ज्ञानि कथितानि

caturasraṃ vadhahibukaṃ ṣaṭkoṇaṃ lābhaṣaṣṭhayoḥ sañjñā triṣaḍekādaśadaśamānyupacayasañjñāni kathitāni

Caturasra ⟨'the square'⟩ is the name of the vadha ⟨8th⟩ and the hibuka ⟨4th⟩; ṣaṭkoṇa ⟨'six-angled'⟩ is the name of the lābha ⟨11th⟩ and the sixth. The third, sixth, eleventh and tenth are declared to bear the name upacaya ⟨increase⟩.

जामित्रमस्तभवनं द्यूनं कामश्च चित्तसञ्ज्ञं च। दुश्चिक्य सहजविक्रमतृतीयकं तुल्यनाम स्यात्

jāmitramastabhavanaṃ dyūnaṃ kāmaśca cittasañjñaṃ ca| duścikya sahajavikramatṛtīyakaṃ tulyanāma syāt

Jāmitra, the setting house (asta-bhavana), dyūna, kāma, and that which is named citta — ⟨these⟩ shall be names of like sense ⟨for the 7th house⟩; duścikya, sahaja, vikrama, tṛtīyaka — ⟨these likewise shall be names of like sense for the 3rd house⟩.

आस्पदमाज्ञा दशमं कर्म च मेषूरणं खमध्यस्थम्। हिबुकं सुखं च वेश्म च पातालं वारि बन्धुतुल्याख्यम्

āspadamājñā daśamaṃ karma ca meṣūraṇaṃ khamadhyastham| hibukaṃ sukhaṃ ca veśma ca pātālaṃ vāri bandhutulyākhyam

Āspada, ājñā, daśama, karma, meṣūraṇa, and that standing at mid-heaven (kha-madhya-stha) ⟨name the 10th house⟩; hibuka, sukha, veśma, pātāla and vāri are called by names equal to bandhu ⟨the 4th house⟩.

सुतधर्मयोस्त्रिकोणं सुतस्य च त्रित्रिकोणमपि नवकम्। भाग्यं गुरुः शुभं वा तस्मिन्नभिधानमेकैकम्

sutadharmayostrikoṇaṃ sutasya ca tritrikoṇamapi navakam| bhāgyaṃ guruḥ śubhaṃ vā tasminnabhidhānamekaikam

Trikoṇa ⟨is a name⟩ of both suta ⟨the 5th⟩ and dharma ⟨the 9th⟩; and the trikoṇa reckoned from the 5th — the third trine — is navaka ⟨the 9th⟩ as well, ⟨and⟩ bhāgya, guru, or śubha: in that ⟨house⟩ each single one of these is a designation.

रिष्फं द्वादशभवनं लोपस्थानं व्ययं च निर्दिष्टम्। वित्तं कुटुम्बभवनं वाक्स्थानं मङ्गलं समाख्यातम्

riṣphaṃ dvādaśabhavanaṃ lopasthānaṃ vyayaṃ ca nirdiṣṭam| vittaṃ kuṭumbabhavanaṃ vāksthānaṃ maṅgalaṃ samākhyātam

Riṣpha, the twelfth house, the place of loss (lopa-sthāna) and vyaya are pointed out ⟨as the names of the 12th⟩; vitta, the house of family (kuṭumba-bhavana), the place of speech (vāk-sthāna) and maṅgala are declared ⟨as the names of the 2nd⟩.

रन्ध्रं निधनं प्रोक्तं चाष्टम राशिर्विनाशदुखं च। ऋक्षं भवनं क्षेत्रं होरा राशिश्च तुल्यार्थाः

randhraṃ nidhanaṃ proktaṃ cāṣṭama rāśirvināśadukhaṃ ca| ṛkṣaṃ bhavanaṃ kṣetraṃ horā rāśiśca tulyārthāḥ

Randhra, nidhana, the eighth sign, vināśa (destruction) and duḥkha (sorrow) are spoken of ⟨as the names of the 8th⟩. And ṛkṣa, bhavana, kṣetra, horā and rāśi are of one and the same meaning.

उदयाख्यं प्राग्लग्नं लेखा होरा समानाख्या। राशीनामभिधानं पूर्वाचार्यैः समुद्दिष्टम्

udayākhyaṃ prāglagnaṃ lekhā horā samānākhyā| rāśīnāmabhidhānaṃ pūrvācāryaiḥ samuddiṣṭam

That called udaya ⟨the rising⟩, prāg-lagna, lekhā and horā are of like name ⟨for the ascendant⟩. The naming of the rāśis has been set forth by the earlier ācāryas.

राश्यर्धमिति च होरा ललाटरेखेति विश्रुता होरा। कालपरिज्ञानार्थं होराख्यां केचिदिच्छन्ति

rāśyardhamiti ca horā lalāṭarekheti viśrutā horā| kālaparijñānārthaṃ horākhyāṃ kecidicchanti

Horā is also the half of a rāśi; and horā is renowned as the line upon the forehead. Some hold the name horā ⟨to be given⟩ for the sake of the exact knowledge of time.

भौमसितज्ञेन्द्वर्का बुधभृगुभौमार्यमन्दशनिगुरवः। मेषादीनामीशा राशीनामंशकानां च

bhaumasitajñendvarkā budhabhṛgubhaumāryamandaśaniguravaḥ| meṣādīnāmīśā rāśīnāmaṃśakānāṃ ca

Mars, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, the Sun; Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Saturn and Jupiter are the lords of the rāśis beginning with Meṣa (Aries) — and of the aṃśakas ⟨the divisional signs⟩ as well.

अर्केन्दू होरेशौ विषमे समभे निशाकरोष्णांशू। मेषवृषमिथुनकटकाः प्राच्यादीशास्त्रिकोणसंयुक्ताः

arkendū horeśau viṣame samabhe niśākaroṣṇāṃśū| meṣavṛṣamithunakaṭakāḥ prācyādīśāstrikoṇasaṃyuktāḥ

The Sun and the Moon are the lords of the horās in an odd ⟨sign⟩; in an even sign, the Moon and the Sun. Meṣa, Vṛṣa, Mithuna and Karkaṭa, together with their trikoṇas, are the lords of the east and the rest ⟨of the directions⟩.

अर्कादीनामुच्चाः क्रियवृषमृगयुवतिकर्किमीनतुलाः। दशशिख्यष्टाविंशतितिथिशरनक्षत्रविंशतिभिरंशैः

arkādīnāmuccāḥ kriyavṛṣamṛgayuvatikarkimīnatulāḥ| daśaśikhyaṣṭāviṃśatitithiśaranakṣatraviṃśatibhiraṃśaiḥ

The exaltations of the Sun and the rest are Kriya (Aries), Vṛṣa (Taurus), Mṛga (Capricorn), Yuvati (Virgo), Karki (Cancer), Mīna (Pisces) and Tulā (Libra) — at ten, three, twenty-eight, fifteen, five, twenty-seven and twenty degrees.

अत्युच्चराशिभागाः सूर्यादीनां क्रमेण निर्दिष्टाः। स्वोच्चात्सप्तमराशिर्नीचः स्यादंशकात्परमः

atyuccarāśibhāgāḥ sūryādīnāṃ krameṇa nirdiṣṭāḥ| svoccātsaptamarāśirnīcaḥ syādaṃśakātparamaḥ

These are declared, in order, as the signs and degrees of deepest exaltation (atyucca) of the Sun and the rest. The seventh rāśi from its own exaltation is the debilitation (nīca), and at ⟨that same⟩ degree it is deepest.

कन्यायामुच्चांशाद्बुधस्य परतस्त्रिकोणसञ्ज्ञं च। विंशतिभागादूर्ध्वं क्षेत्रं त्रिविधं तु विज्ञेयम्

kanyāyāmuccāṃśādbudhasya paratastrikoṇasañjñaṃ ca| viṃśatibhāgādūrdhvaṃ kṣetraṃ trividhaṃ tu vijñeyam

In Kanyā (Virgo), beyond Mercury's exaltation degree ⟨past the fifteenth⟩, ⟨the portion⟩ is called trikoṇa; and above the twentieth degree it is ⟨his own⟩ kṣetra. Thus ⟨that sign⟩ is to be known as threefold.

उच्चं भागत्रितयं वृष इन्दोस्तु त्रिकोणमपरेऽंशाः। जूके त्रिकोणभवनं विंशतिभागैः परं भृगोः क्षेत्रम्

uccaṃ bhāgatritayaṃ vṛṣa indostu trikoṇamapare'ṃśāḥ| jūke trikoṇabhavanaṃ viṃśatibhāgaiḥ paraṃ bhṛgoḥ kṣetram

In Vṛṣa (Taurus), three degrees are the Moon's exaltation; the remaining degrees are ⟨her⟩ trikoṇa. In Jūka (Libra) the trikoṇa house ⟨runs⟩ by twenty degrees; beyond that is Venus's kṣetra.

विंशतिरंशाः सिंहे त्रिकोणमपरे स्वभवनमर्कस्य। कुम्भे त्रिकोणनिजभे रविजस्य रवेर्यथा सिंहे

viṃśatiraṃśāḥ siṃhe trikoṇamapare svabhavanamarkasya| kumbhe trikoṇanijabhe ravijasya raveryathā siṃhe

Twenty degrees in Siṃha (Leo) are the trikoṇa; the rest is the Sun's own house. In Kumbha (Aquarius), Saturn's trikoṇa and own sign ⟨are divided⟩ just as the Sun's in Siṃha.

मेषे द्वादशभागैस्त्रिकोणमपरे स्वभवनमारस्य। आदौ धनुषि शरांशैस्त्रिकोणमपरे स्वभवनमिन्द्रगुरोः

meṣe dvādaśabhāgaistrikoṇamapare svabhavanamārasya| ādau dhanuṣi śarāṃśaistrikoṇamapare svabhavanamindraguroḥ

In Meṣa (Aries), by twelve degrees is the trikoṇa; the rest is Mars's own house. At the beginning of Dhanus (Sagittarius), by five degrees is the trikoṇa; the rest is the own house of Indra's preceptor ⟨Jupiter⟩.

स्वस्वत्रिकोणभवनादुपचयजामित्रभवनानि। स्वोच्चं क्षेत्रं हित्वा तेषामीशास्तु शत्रवो ज्ञेयाः

svasvatrikoṇabhavanādupacayajāmitrabhavanāni| svoccaṃ kṣetraṃ hitvā teṣāmīśāstu śatravo jñeyāḥ

From each graha's own trikoṇa house, the upacaya houses ⟨3rd, 6th, 10th, 11th⟩ and the jāmitra ⟨7th⟩ — leaving out ⟨any that is⟩ its exaltation or its own kṣetra — the lords of these are to be known as its enemies.

अन्येषां राशीनामीशान् सुहृदः प्रचिन्तयेन्मतिमान्। शत्रुसुहृद्भवनेशा मध्यास्त्रिविधा ग्रहाः प्रोक्ताः

anyeṣāṃ rāśīnāmīśān suhṛdaḥ pracintayenmatimān| śatrusuhṛdbhavaneśā madhyāstrividhā grahāḥ proktāḥ

The wise ⟨astrologer⟩ should reckon the lords of the remaining rāśis as friends. Lords of houses that are ⟨at once⟩ enemy-houses and friend-houses are neutral (madhya): thus the grahas are declared to be of three kinds.

अन्योन्यमायसहजव्ययधनबन्ध्वास्पदस्थिताः सुहृदः। तात्कालिकास्त्वमित्राः शेषेषु गृहेषु चेत्कल्प्याः

anyonyamāyasahajavyayadhanabandhvāspadasthitāḥ suhṛdaḥ| tātkālikāstvamitrāḥ śeṣeṣu gṛheṣu cetkalpyāḥ

⟨Grahas⟩ mutually placed in the āya ⟨11th⟩, sahaja ⟨3rd⟩, vyaya ⟨12th⟩, dhana ⟨2nd⟩, bandhu ⟨4th⟩ and āspada ⟨10th⟩ are temporal (tātkālika) friends; but if in the remaining houses, they are to be reckoned enemies.

रविशुक्रभौमसर्पाः सौरेन्दू सौम्यवाक्पती क्रमशः। प्राच्यादीनां नाथा बलान्विताः सर्वकालेषु

raviśukrabhaumasarpāḥ saurendū saumyavākpatī kramaśaḥ| prācyādīnāṃ nāthā balānvitāḥ sarvakāleṣu

The Sun, Venus, Mars and the serpent ⟨Rāhu⟩; Saturn and the Moon; Mercury and Jupiter — in that order are the lords of the east and the rest ⟨of the eight directions⟩, and ⟨there⟩ they are possessed of strength at all times.

जामित्रं चतुरश्रं त्रिकोणमाज्ञां तृतीयमेतानि। स्वस्थानाद्वीक्षन्ते ग्रहाः क्रमेणैव बोद्धव्याः

jāmitraṃ caturaśraṃ trikoṇamājñāṃ tṛtīyametāni| svasthānādvīkṣante grahāḥ krameṇaiva boddhavyāḥ

The jāmitra ⟨7th⟩, the caturaśra ⟨4th and 8th⟩, the trikoṇa ⟨5th and 9th⟩, the ājñā ⟨10th⟩ and the third — these the grahas aspect from their own place; and they are to be understood in exactly that order.

सम्पूर्णं पादोनं रूपार्धं पादमेव किरणाः स्युः। विंशतिरष्टौ दशदशरविमनवः षोडशैव किरणानाम्

sampūrṇaṃ pādonaṃ rūpārdhaṃ pādameva kiraṇāḥ syuḥ| viṃśatiraṣṭau daśadaśaravimanavaḥ ṣoḍaśaiva kiraṇānām

The rays ⟨of aspect⟩ would be full, a quarter less ⟨three-quarters⟩, half a unit, and just a quarter. Twenty, eight, ten, ten, twelve, fourteen and just sixteen is the count of the rays

सूर्यादीनां सङ्ख्या राशीनामीश्वरोक्तकिरणाः स्युः।

sūryādīnāṃ saṅkhyā rāśīnāmīśvaroktakiraṇāḥ syuḥ|

of the Sun and the rest: these are the rays declared ⟨by Īśvara⟩ for the rāśis.

रविगुरुभौमाः पुरुषाः स्त्रियस्तथा राहुभार्गवशशाङ्काः

ravigurubhaumāḥ puruṣāḥ striyastathā rāhubhārgavaśaśāṅkāḥ

The Sun, Jupiter and Mars are male; and so Rāhu, Venus and the Moon are female;

मृत्यु सुतनीलसौम्या नपुंसकाश्चेति विज्ञेयाः

mṛtyu sutanīlasaumyā napuṃsakāśceti vijñeyāḥ

the son of Death ⟨Ketu⟩, the dark one ⟨Saturn⟩ and Mercury are to be known as neuter.

शुक्रगुरू विप्रेशौ रविभौमौ क्षत्रियौ च विट् चन्द्रः

śukragurū vipreśau ravibhaumau kṣatriyau ca viṭ candraḥ

Venus and Jupiter are lords of the brāhmaṇas; the Sun and Mars are kṣatriyas; and the Moon is a vaiśya (viṭ);

अन्तरजातिः सौम्यो वृषलो मन्दोऽन्त्यजातिरिन्दुरिपुः।

antarajātiḥ saumyo vṛṣalo mando'ntyajātirinduripuḥ|

Mercury is of mixed birth (antarajāti), Saturn is a vṛṣala ⟨śūdra⟩, and the Moon's enemy ⟨Rāhu⟩ is of the lowest caste (antyajāti).

राहु शनि केतु भौमाः क्रूराः पापो रविः शशी कृष्णः

rāhu śani ketu bhaumāḥ krūrāḥ pāpo raviḥ śaśī kṛṣṇaḥ

Rāhu, Saturn, Ketu and Mars are cruel ⟨malefics⟩; the Sun is a malefic; ⟨and so is⟩ the Moon when dark ⟨in the waning fortnight⟩;

बुधगुरुशुक्राः सौम्याः शुक्लः सौम्यः शशी ज्ञेयः।

budhaguruśukrāḥ saumyāḥ śuklaḥ saumyaḥ śaśī jñeyaḥ|

Mercury, Jupiter and Venus are benefics; and the Moon when bright ⟨in the waxing fortnight⟩ is to be known as a benefic.

शुक्रबुधौ राजसिकौ गुरुशशिरवयस्तु सात्विका ज्ञेयाः

śukrabudhau rājasikau guruśaśiravayastu sātvikā jñeyāḥ

Venus and Mercury are rājasika; but Jupiter, the Moon and the Sun are to be known as sāttvika;

भौमशनिसैंहिकेयास्तमोगुणाः सर्वकार्येषु।

bhaumaśanisaiṃhikeyāstamoguṇāḥ sarvakāryeṣu|

Mars, Saturn and Saiṃhikeya ⟨Rāhu⟩ are of the tamas quality in all undertakings.

पित्ताधिकौ रविकुजौ वातश्लेष्माधिकौ तु चन्द्रसितौ

pittādhikau ravikujau vātaśleṣmādhikau tu candrasitau

The Sun and Mars have pitta in excess; the Moon and Venus have vāta and kapha (śleṣman) in excess;

वाताधिकोऽर्कपुत्रः शशिजो मिश्रश्च समुदीर्णः।

vātādhiko'rkaputraḥ śaśijo miśraśca samudīrṇaḥ|

the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩ has vāta in excess, and the Moon's son ⟨Mercury⟩ is declared to be mixed ⟨of all three⟩.

रक्तश्यामो भानुश्चन्द्रो गौरः कुजोऽतिरक्तश्च

raktaśyāmo bhānuścandro gauraḥ kujo'tiraktaśca

The Sun is dark red; the Moon is fair; and Mars is very red.

दूर्वाकारः सौम्यो हिरण्यवर्णो गुरुः स्वभावेन। सितवर्णो भृगुसूनुर्नीलनिभो भास्करिः शिखी धूम्रः

dūrvākāraḥ saumyo hiraṇyavarṇo guruḥ svabhāvena| sitavarṇo bhṛgusūnurnīlanibho bhāskariḥ śikhī dhūmraḥ

Mercury has the look of dūrvā grass ⟨green⟩; Jupiter is by nature gold-coloured; the son of Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩ is white-coloured; the son of Bhāskara ⟨Saturn⟩ is like dark blue; Ketu (śikhī) is smoke-coloured.

बहुवर्णोऽसितसूनुस्त्वपरो नीलाञ्जनोपमो राहुः सौम्योऽपि राशिवर्णो ग्रहयोगे तद्ग्रहोक्तवर्णगुणः

bahuvarṇo'sitasūnustvaparo nīlāñjanopamo rāhuḥ saumyo'pi rāśivarṇo grahayoge tadgrahoktavarṇaguṇaḥ

The son of the dark one ⟨Ketu⟩ is of many colours; but the other, Rāhu, is like blue collyrium. Mercury too ⟨takes⟩ the colour of the rāśi ⟨he is in⟩; and in conjunction with a graha he has the colour and quality declared for that graha.

स्वांशक्षेत्रगतो वा ग्रहयोगविवर्जितो निजोक्तगुणः। अन्यर्क्षग्रहयुक्तस्तद्ग्रहतद्वर्णमिश्रनिजवर्णः

svāṃśakṣetragato vā grahayogavivarjito nijoktaguṇaḥ| anyarkṣagrahayuktastadgrahatadvarṇamiśranijavarṇaḥ

Or ⟨a graha⟩ gone to its own aṃśa or kṣetra and free from conjunction with a graha has the quality stated for itself; ⟨whereas⟩ one joined with a graha in another's sign has its own colour mixed with that graha's colour.

चतुरश्राङ्गः सविता पिङ्गाक्षो नातिरोमकेशतनुः। अस्थिरवासोऽप्यलसो दुर्बलजानुः प्रसन्नमुखवचनः

caturaśrāṅgaḥ savitā piṅgākṣo nātiromakeśatanuḥ| asthiravāso'pyalaso durbalajānuḥ prasannamukhavacanaḥ

The Sun (savitā) is square-limbed, tawny-eyed, of a body with no great body-hair or head-hair; of unsettled abode, indolent too, weak in the knees, and of a pleasant face and speech.

दीर्घो मृदुस्वभावश्चन्द्रो मतिमान् घृणी नयज्ञश्च। वातश्लेष्मप्रकृतिः शुक्लाम्बरभूषणः सुवृत्ततनुः

dīrgho mṛdusvabhāvaścandro matimān ghṛṇī nayajñaśca| vātaśleṣmaprakṛtiḥ śuklāmbarabhūṣaṇaḥ suvṛttatanuḥ

The Moon is tall, gentle of nature, intelligent, compassionate and versed in polity; of a vāta–kapha constitution, adorned with white garments and ornaments, and well-rounded of body.

चपलो विघातकुशलो रक्ताक्षः पैत्तिकोऽग्निशस्त्राङ्कः। विकृतस्वरोऽतिशौर्यः कृशोदरोऽङ्गारको विनीतश्च

capalo vighātakuśalo raktākṣaḥ paittiko'gniśastrāṅkaḥ| vikṛtasvaro'tiśauryaḥ kṛśodaro'ṅgārako vinītaśca

Mars (Aṅgāraka) is fickle, skilled in striking down, red-eyed, of pitta constitution, marked by fire and weapons; harsh of voice, exceedingly valorous, lean of belly — and well-disciplined.

श्यामेक्षणो नयज्ञो मध्याकारः स्थिरास्थिरोहृष्टः। बहुवार्त्तान्वितहास्यो विद्वान् सौम्यस्त्रिदोषसंयुक्तः

śyāmekṣaṇo nayajño madhyākāraḥ sthirāsthirohṛṣṭaḥ| bahuvārttānvitahāsyo vidvān saumyastridoṣasaṃyuktaḥ

Mercury (Saumya) is dark-eyed, versed in polity, of middling build, at once steady and unsteady, cheerful; full of much talk and attended by laughter, learned, and compounded of all three doṣas.

स्थूलात्मा दीर्घतनुर्मध्याक्षो बुद्धिमान् नयज्ञश्च। श्लेष्माधिकोऽतिवाग्मी पीताम्बरभूषणो गुरुः श्रेष्ठः

sthūlātmā dīrghatanurmadhyākṣo buddhimān nayajñaśca| śleṣmādhiko'tivāgmī pītāmbarabhūṣaṇo guruḥ śreṣṭhaḥ

Jupiter (Guru) is stout of body, tall, with middling eyes, intelligent and versed in polity; kapha-predominant, very eloquent, adorned with yellow garments and ornaments — and pre-eminent.

कान्तः सुभगः शुक्रो वातश्लेष्माधिको विशालमतिः। स्थूलवपुः स्त्रीवशगो विकटाक्षो वञ्चनस्वभावरतः

kāntaḥ subhagaḥ śukro vātaśleṣmādhiko viśālamatiḥ| sthūlavapuḥ strīvaśago vikaṭākṣo vañcanasvabhāvarataḥ

Venus (Śukra) is comely and charming, with vāta and kapha predominant, of broad intellect; stout of body, subject to the control of women, wide-eyed, and deceitful by nature.

स्थूलनखदन्तकेशो मायावी दीर्घबाहुपादश्च। वातात्मकः सिरालुर्मन्दोऽप्यलसो न शान्तमतिः

sthūlanakhadantakeśo māyāvī dīrghabāhupādaśca| vātātmakaḥ sirālurmando'pyalaso na śāntamatiḥ

Thick of nail, tooth and hair, given to trickery, long in arm and leg, of vāta constitution and full of veins — Manda (Saturn) is indolent besides, and not of a peaceful mind.

बालाकारो भौमः कुमारवेषो बुधो गुरोस्त्रिंशत्। शुक्रः षोडशवर्षः पञ्चाशद्वर्षको रविर्ज्ञेयः

bālākāro bhaumaḥ kumāraveṣo budho gurostriṃśat| śukraḥ ṣoḍaśavarṣaḥ pañcāśadvarṣako ravirjñeyaḥ

Mars has the form of a child, Mercury the guise of a boy; Jupiter's ⟨years are⟩ thirty, Venus is of sixteen years, and the Sun is to be known as of fifty years.

शशिनः सप्ततिवर्षाण्यशीतिरार्केः शतं तु राहोः स्युः।

śaśinaḥ saptativarṣāṇyaśītirārkeḥ śataṃ tu rāhoḥ syuḥ|

For the Moon, seventy years; eighty for Ārki (Saturn); and a hundred for Rāhu.

येषां प्रसूतिकाले बलान्वितो यो ग्रहो विशेषेण

yeṣāṃ prasūtikāle balānvito yo graho viśeṣeṇa

⟨Those⟩ at whose birth-time whichever graha stands especially endowed with strength —

तस्य स्वभावरूपं जनने नॄणां सदा चिन्त्यम्।

tasya svabhāvarūpaṃ janane nṝṇāṃ sadā cintyam|

the nature and form of that ⟨graha⟩ is always to be considered ⟨as theirs⟩ at the birth of men.

आदित्योऽर्को रविर्भानुर्भास्करश्च दिवाकरः

ādityo'rko ravirbhānurbhāskaraśca divākaraḥ

Āditya, Arka, Ravi, Bhānu, Bhāskara and Divākara,

मार्तण्डः सविता सूर्यस्तीक्ष्णांशुः स्यादिनो रविः।

mārtaṇḍaḥ savitā sūryastīkṣṇāṃśuḥ syādino raviḥ|

Mārtaṇḍa, Savitṛ, Sūrya, Tīkṣṇāṃśu, Ina — ⟨these⟩ are the Sun (Ravi).

चन्द्रः शशी शशाङ्कश्च विधुः सोमो निशाकरः

candraḥ śaśī śaśāṅkaśca vidhuḥ somo niśākaraḥ

Candra, Śaśin, Śaśāṅka, Vidhu, Soma, Niśākara,

शीतांशुरुडुनाथः स्यादिन्दुश्चन्द्रमसो विदुः।

śītāṃśuruḍunāthaḥ syādinduścandramaso viduḥ|

Śītāṃśu, Uḍunātha and Indu — ⟨these⟩ they know as ⟨the names⟩ of the Moon (Candramas).

आरो वक्रो महीजश्च रुधिरो रक्त एव च

āro vakro mahījaśca rudhiro rakta eva ca

Āra, Vakra, Mahīja, Rudhira and Rakta,

अङ्गारक इति ख्यातः क्रूरदृक्तुल्यवाचकः।

aṅgāraka iti khyātaḥ krūradṛktulyavācakaḥ|

and he is renowned as Aṅgāraka; Krūradṛś ⟨too⟩ denotes the same.

सौम्यो विद्ज्ञो बुधश्चेति सोमजो बोधनस्तथा

saumyo vidjño budhaśceti somajo bodhanastathā

Saumya, Vidjña, Budha, and likewise Somaja and Bodhana —

एते सौम्यस्य पर्यायाः कुमारश्च विधोः सुतः।

ete saumyasya paryāyāḥ kumāraśca vidhoḥ sutaḥ|

these are the synonyms of Saumya (Mercury), and ⟨so are⟩ Kumāra and Vidhoḥ-suta, 'son of the Moon'.

जीवोऽङ्गिराः सुरगुरुर्मन्त्री वाचस्पतिस्तथा

jīvo'ṅgirāḥ suragururmantrī vācaspatistathā

Jīva, Aṅgiras, Suraguru, Mantrin, Vācaspati,

आर्यो बृहस्पतिः सूरिर्वागीशः सदृशार्थकः।

āryo bṛhaspatiḥ sūrirvāgīśaḥ sadṛśārthakaḥ|

Ārya, Bṛhaspati, Sūri, Vāgīśa — ⟨these⟩ are of like meaning.

शुक्रो भृगुर्भृगुसुत आस्फुजिच्च सितस्तथा

śukro bhṛgurbhṛgusuta āsphujicca sitastathā

Śukra, Bhṛgu, Bhṛgusuta, Āsphujit and Sita,

उशना दैत्यपूज्यश्च काव्यः कविरिति स्मृतः।

uśanā daityapūjyaśca kāvyaḥ kaviriti smṛtaḥ|

Uśanas, Daityapūjya, Kāvya, Kavi — thus is ⟨he⟩ remembered.

कोणो मन्दः शनिः कृष्णः सूर्यपुत्रो यमस्तथा

koṇo mandaḥ śaniḥ kṛṣṇaḥ sūryaputro yamastathā

Koṇa, Manda, Śani, Kṛṣṇa, Sūryaputra, Yama,

पङ्गुः शनैश्चरः सौरिः कालश्छायासुतः समः।

paṅguḥ śanaiścaraḥ sauriḥ kālaśchāyāsutaḥ samaḥ|

Paṅgu, Śanaiścara, Sauri, Kāla, Chāyāsuta — ⟨these are⟩ equivalent.

राहुस्तमोऽसुरोऽगुश्च स्वर्भानुश्च विधुन्तुदः

rāhustamo'suro'guśca svarbhānuśca vidhuntudaḥ

Rāhu, Tamas, Asura, Agu, Svarbhānu, Vidhuntuda,

पातश्च सैंहिकेयश्च भुजङ्गोऽहिश्च ते समाः।

pātaśca saiṃhikeyaśca bhujaṅgo'hiśca te samāḥ|

Pāta, Saihikeya, Bhujaṅga and Ahi — these are the same.

शिखी केतुर्ध्वजो धूमो मृत्युपुत्रोऽनलस्तथा

śikhī keturdhvajo dhūmo mṛtyuputro'nalastathā

Śikhin, Ketu, Dhvaja, Dhūma, Mṛtyuputra and Anala —

सामान्येतानि सर्वेषां ग्रहाणां च विदुर्बुधाः।

sāmānyetāni sarveṣāṃ grahāṇāṃ ca vidurbudhāḥ|

these the wise know as the general ⟨names⟩ of all the grahas.

उदगयने स्वक्षेत्रे स्वोच्चे स्वांशत्रिभागहोरासु। स्वदिने बलवान् भानुर्मित्रक्षेत्रेषु मध्यबलः

udagayane svakṣetre svocce svāṃśatribhāgahorāsu| svadine balavān bhānurmitrakṣetreṣu madhyabalaḥ

In the northern course ⟨of the Sun⟩, in his own sign, in his own exaltation, in his own aṃśa, tribhāga (drekkāṇa) and horā, and on his own day, the Sun is strong; in the signs of friends he is of middling strength.

राशिप्रमुखे भानुर्बलवान् मध्याश्रितस्तु मध्यबलः। राश्यन्ते बलहीनः सन्ध्यायां ग्रस्तकाले च

rāśipramukhe bhānurbalavān madhyāśritastu madhyabalaḥ| rāśyante balahīnaḥ sandhyāyāṃ grastakāle ca

At the head of a rāśi the Sun is strong; resorting to the middle he is of middling strength; at the end of a rāśi he is devoid of strength — and ⟨so too⟩ at twilight and at the time of eclipse.

चन्द्रो वृषभं यातो दक्षिणमार्गे स्वभे स्वहोरायाम्। रात्रौ स्वांशे स्वदिने स्वद्रेक्काणे बलान्वितः प्रोक्तः

candro vṛṣabhaṃ yāto dakṣiṇamārge svabhe svahorāyām| rātrau svāṃśe svadine svadrekkāṇe balānvitaḥ proktaḥ

The Moon gone to Taurus, in the southern path, in his own sign, in his own horā, at night, in his own aṃśa, on his own day, in his own drekkāṇa — is declared endowed with strength.

प्रतिपत्पूर्वदशाहे मध्यबलः शीतगुः सिते पक्षे। श्रेष्ठो द्वितीयदशके स्वल्पबलश्चन्द्रमास्तृतीये च

pratipatpūrvadaśāhe madhyabalaḥ śītaguḥ site pakṣe| śreṣṭho dvitīyadaśake svalpabalaścandramāstṛtīye ca

In the first ten days beginning with pratipad, in the bright fortnight, the cool-rayed one is of middling strength; in the second ten he is best; and in the third the Moon is of very slight strength.

उत्तरपथं प्रयातः प्रदक्षिणं वा ग्रहाणां च। सौम्ययुतो दृष्टो वा सर्वग्रहवीक्षितो बली चन्द्रः

uttarapathaṃ prayātaḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ vā grahāṇāṃ ca| saumyayuto dṛṣṭo vā sarvagrahavīkṣito balī candraḥ

Gone to the northern path, or ⟨moving⟩ to the right of the grahas, joined with or aspected by benefics, or aspected by all the grahas — the Moon is strong.

अबलः प्रवेशकाले मध्यबलो मध्यमाश्रितश्चन्द्रः। राश्यन्ते बलयुक्तः पूर्णः स्थानेषु सर्वेषु

abalaḥ praveśakāle madhyabalo madhyamāśritaścandraḥ| rāśyante balayuktaḥ pūrṇaḥ sthāneṣu sarveṣu

At the time of entry ⟨into a sign the Moon is⟩ without strength; resorting to the middle the Moon is of middling strength; at the end of the sign he is endowed with strength. ⟨When⟩ full, ⟨he is strong⟩ in all positions.

निर्जितशत्रुर्वक्रस्तेजस्वी मकरकुम्भमीनेषु। याम्यायने च बलवान् रात्रौ च धरासुतः प्रोक्तः

nirjitaśatrurvakrastejasvī makarakumbhamīneṣu| yāmyāyane ca balavān rātrau ca dharāsutaḥ proktaḥ

Having conquered his enemies, retrograde, brilliant, in Capricorn, Aquarius and Pisces, in the southern course, and at night — Mars, the son of the earth, is declared strong.

स्वांशे क्षेत्रे स्वदिने स्वद्रेक्काणे बलान्वितो भौमः। दशमर्क्षस्थो बलवान् समस्तराशौ तु विज्ञेयः

svāṃśe kṣetre svadine svadrekkāṇe balānvito bhaumaḥ| daśamarkṣastho balavān samastarāśau tu vijñeyaḥ

In his own aṃśa, own sign, on his own day, in his own drekkāṇa, Mars is endowed with strength. Posted in the tenth ṛkṣa he is strong — and that is to be known ⟨as holding⟩ throughout the whole sign.

आदावतिबलयुक्तो हीनबलो मध्यमाश्रितो रक्तः। भवनानामवसाने मध्यबलश्चैव विज्ञेयः

ādāvatibalayukto hīnabalo madhyamāśrito raktaḥ| bhavanānāmavasāne madhyabalaścaiva vijñeyaḥ

At the beginning ⟨of a sign⟩ the red one is endowed with very great strength; resorting to the middle he is deficient in strength; and at the close of the bhavanas he is to be known as of middling strength.

रविमुक्तश्चापगतः क्षेत्राद्यंशं गतो बली सौम्यः। रात्रौ दिवा च बलवान् वक्रो बलवान् विनार्कयुतिम्

ravimuktaścāpagataḥ kṣetrādyaṃśaṃ gato balī saumyaḥ| rātrau divā ca balavān vakro balavān vinārkayutim

Released from the Sun, gone to Sagittarius, gone to the first aṃśa of a sign, Mercury is strong. He is strong both by night and by day; retrograde he is strong — apart from conjunction with the Sun.

राशिमुखे मध्यबलः सम्पूर्णबलश्च मध्यसंयातः। राश्यन्ते बलहीनो द्रेक्काणे मिथुनभे च बलयुक्तः

rāśimukhe madhyabalaḥ sampūrṇabalaśca madhyasaṃyātaḥ| rāśyante balahīno drekkāṇe mithunabhe ca balayuktaḥ

At the head of the sign ⟨Mercury is⟩ of middling strength; arrived at the middle, of full strength; at the end of the sign, devoid of strength; and in ⟨his own⟩ drekkāṇa and in the sign Gemini he is endowed with strength.

जीवः स्वक्षेत्रगतः कर्कटराशौ च वृश्चिके नियतम्। उदगयने पूर्वाह्णे द्रेक्काणनवांशके जयी बलवान्

jīvaḥ svakṣetragataḥ karkaṭarāśau ca vṛścike niyatam| udagayane pūrvāhṇe drekkāṇanavāṃśake jayī balavān

Jupiter gone to his own sign, and assuredly in Cancer and in Scorpio, in the northern course, in the forenoon, in ⟨his own⟩ drekkāṇa and navāṃśa, and victorious ⟨in a graha-war⟩ — is strong.

राशिमुखे मध्यबलः सम्पूर्णबलश्च मध्यमं यातः। राश्यन्ते बलहीनो वक्रो बलवान् न नीचराशौ स्यात्

rāśimukhe madhyabalaḥ sampūrṇabalaśca madhyamaṃ yātaḥ| rāśyante balahīno vakro balavān na nīcarāśau syāt

At the head of the sign ⟨Jupiter is⟩ of middling strength; gone to the middle, of full strength; at the end of the sign, devoid of strength; retrograde he is strong — but he would not be ⟨so⟩ in the sign of his debilitation.

त्रिकषट्कमण्डलगतो वक्रो भानोः पुरःसरं यातः। स्वगृहोच्चगोत्तरस्थः शुक्रो बलवान् दिनापरार्धे च

trikaṣaṭkamaṇḍalagato vakro bhānoḥ puraḥsaraṃ yātaḥ| svagṛhoccagottarasthaḥ śukro balavān dināparārdhe ca

Gone into the maṇḍala of the three and the six, retrograde, moving in front of the Sun, gone to his own house or exaltation, standing to the north — Venus is strong, and ⟨so⟩ in the latter half of the day.

राश्यादौ बलहीनो मध्ये बलवान् विनिर्गमे मध्यः। चन्द्रसमागमकाले युद्धेष्वेवं विजयी स्यात्

rāśyādau balahīno madhye balavān vinirgame madhyaḥ| candrasamāgamakāle yuddheṣvevaṃ vijayī syāt

At the beginning of the sign ⟨Venus is⟩ devoid of strength, in the middle strong, at the going-out middling. At the time of meeting with the Moon he is in this way victorious in ⟨graha-⟩wars.

कृष्णे निशि वक्रगतः स्वगृहतुलादक्षिणायनगतश्च। उद्यंश्च मन्दगामी निर्जितशत्रुश्च विज्ञेयः

kṛṣṇe niśi vakragataḥ svagṛhatulādakṣiṇāyanagataśca| udyaṃśca mandagāmī nirjitaśatruśca vijñeyaḥ

In the dark ⟨fortnight⟩, at night, retrograde, gone to his own house, to Libra and to the southern course, rising, slow-moving, and having conquered his enemies — ⟨Saturn⟩ is to be known ⟨as strong⟩.

मन्दोऽबलः प्रवेशे मध्येऽल्पबलो बली गमनकाले। सर्वस्थानेषु शनिर्बलान्वितं केचिदिच्छन्ति

mando'balaḥ praveśe madhye'lpabalo balī gamanakāle| sarvasthāneṣu śanirbalānvitaṃ kecidicchanti

Saturn is without strength at ⟨the time of⟩ entry, of little strength in the middle, strong at the time of going out. Some hold Saturn to be endowed with strength in all positions.

वृषमेषालिकुलीरे घटराशिसमन्विते बली राहुः। चन्द्रार्कयोगकाले परिवेषे राशिनिर्गमे बलवान्

vṛṣameṣālikulīre ghaṭarāśisamanvite balī rāhuḥ| candrārkayogakāle pariveṣe rāśinirgame balavān

In Taurus, Aries, Scorpio and Cancer, and when joined with the sign Aquarius, Rāhu is strong. At the time of the conjunction of the Moon and the Sun, in a halo, and at the going-out of a sign, he is strong.

चापापरार्द्धमीने कन्यावृषयोर्बलान्वितः केतुः। केतोर्दर्शनकाले शक्रधनुर्दर्शने च रात्रौ च

cāpāparārddhamīne kanyāvṛṣayorbalānvitaḥ ketuḥ| ketordarśanakāle śakradhanurdarśane ca rātrau ca

Ketu is endowed with strength in the latter half of Sagittarius, in Pisces, and in Virgo and Taurus. At the time of the appearance of a comet, at the sight of Indra's bow, and at night ⟨he is strong⟩.

चापाजसिंहमीनेष्वर्को लग्नाश्रितो बली भवति। तेष्वेव कर्मराशौ विज्ञेयोऽन्यत्र बलहीनः

cāpājasiṃhamīneṣvarko lagnāśrito balī bhavati| teṣveva karmarāśau vijñeyo'nyatra balahīnaḥ

In Sagittarius, Aries, Leo and Pisces the Sun resorting to the lagna is strong. In those same ⟨signs⟩ he is to be known ⟨as strong⟩ in the karma-rāśi ⟨the 10th house⟩; elsewhere he is devoid of strength.

प्रालेयांशुर्मिथुने कन्यायां चापि लग्नगो बलवान्। मीने हयपूर्वार्द्धे जामित्रगतश्च बलयुक्तः

prāleyāṃśurmithune kanyāyāṃ cāpi lagnago balavān| mīne hayapūrvārddhe jāmitragataśca balayuktaḥ

The frost-rayed one, in Gemini and also in Virgo, gone to the lagna, is strong; in Pisces and in the first half of Sagittarius, gone to the jāmitra ⟨the 7th house⟩, he is endowed with strength.

वृषराशिसन्निविष्टश्चापार्धे पश्चिमे च कर्मस्थः। कर्कटकमिथुनयोरपि चन्द्रः पातालमाश्रितो बलवान्

vṛṣarāśisanniviṣṭaścāpārdhe paścime ca karmasthaḥ| karkaṭakamithunayorapi candraḥ pātālamāśrito balavān

Seated in the sign Taurus, and posted in the karma ⟨house⟩ in the western half of Sagittarius; and in Cancer and Gemini, resorting to the pātāla ⟨the 4th house⟩ — the Moon is strong.

प्राग्लग्ने क्षितिसूनुर्बलान्वितः कुम्भराशिना सार्द्धम्। कर्कटवृश्चिकयोरपि पत्नीस्थानं समाश्रितो बलवान्

prāglagne kṣitisūnurbalānvitaḥ kumbharāśinā sārddham| karkaṭavṛścikayorapi patnīsthānaṃ samāśrito balavān

In the eastern ⟨house, the lagna⟩, together with the sign Aquarius, the son of the earth is endowed with strength; and in Cancer and Scorpio, resorting to the wife's place ⟨the 7th house⟩, he is strong.

मृगपूर्वार्द्धे मिथुने कर्मणि चापार्द्धके सपाताले। निरुपहतवर्णवीर्यो बलान्वितः स्वत्रिकोणे च

mṛgapūrvārddhe mithune karmaṇi cāpārddhake sapātāle| nirupahatavarṇavīryo balānvitaḥ svatrikoṇe ca

In the first half of Capricorn, in Gemini, in the karma ⟨house⟩; in the half of Sagittarius together with the pātāla — ⟨Mars,⟩ his colour and vigour unimpaired, is endowed with strength, and ⟨so⟩ in his own trikoṇa.

मृगसिंहकर्किवृश्चिकलग्नस्थः स्वांशके बली सौम्यः। पातालस्थश्चापे वृषभेऽस्तमये झषे च कर्मस्थः

mṛgasiṃhakarkivṛścikalagnasthaḥ svāṃśake balī saumyaḥ| pātālasthaścāpe vṛṣabhe'stamaye jhaṣe ca karmasthaḥ

Mercury, posted in the lagna in Capricorn, Leo, Cancer and Scorpio, and in his own aṃśa, is strong; in Sagittarius when in the pātāla ⟨the 4th⟩, in Taurus in the astamaya ⟨the 7th⟩, and in Pisces posted in the karma ⟨house, the 10th⟩.

सिंहवृषाजधनुर्द्धरवृश्चिकमीनेषु लग्नगो बलवान्। कर्मणि पातालगतो बलवाञ्जीवोऽबलोऽन्यत्र

siṃhavṛṣājadhanurddharavṛścikamīneṣu lagnago balavān| karmaṇi pātālagato balavāñjīvo'balo'nyatra

In Leo, Taurus, Aries, Sagittarius, Scorpio and Pisces, gone to the lagna, he is strong; in the karma ⟨house⟩ and gone to the pātāla, Jupiter is strong — elsewhere he is without strength.

सिंहाजकुम्भकौर्पिषु लग्नस्थो भार्गवः स्वराशौ च। बलवांश्चापान्त्यगतो वृश्चिकराशौ च पत्नीस्थः

siṃhājakumbhakaurpiṣu lagnastho bhārgavaḥ svarāśau ca| balavāṃścāpāntyagato vṛścikarāśau ca patnīsthaḥ

Venus, posted in the lagna in Leo, Aries, Aquarius and Scorpio, and in his own sign, is strong; ⟨so too⟩ gone to the end of Sagittarius, and in the sign Scorpio posted in the wife's place ⟨the 7th⟩.

हयपूर्वार्द्धे मीने हरिवृश्चिकयोस्तु कर्मदेशस्थः। बलवान् सितो जितारिर्मृगपश्चार्द्धे च हिबुकस्थः

hayapūrvārddhe mīne harivṛścikayostu karmadeśasthaḥ| balavān sito jitārirmṛgapaścārddhe ca hibukasthaḥ

In the first half of Sagittarius, in Pisces, and in Leo and Scorpio posted in the karma-region ⟨the 10th⟩ — Venus, having conquered his enemies, is strong; and in the latter half of Capricorn posted in the hibuka ⟨the 4th⟩.

कुम्भे तुलाधरे च प्राच्यां हिबुके च सूर्यजो बलवान्। मेषूरणे च सिंहे पृष्ठोदयवर्जितेऽस्तमये

kumbhe tulādhare ca prācyāṃ hibuke ca sūryajo balavān| meṣūraṇe ca siṃhe pṛṣṭhodayavarjite'stamaye

In Aquarius and Libra, in the east ⟨the lagna⟩ and in the hibuka ⟨the 4th⟩, Saturn is strong; and in the meṣūraṇa ⟨the 10th⟩ in Leo, and in the astamaya ⟨the 7th⟩ in ⟨a sign⟩ other than a back-rising one.

लग्नस्थौ बुधजीवौ कर्मणि सूर्यारकौ च दिग्बलिनौ। हिबुके भृगुचन्द्रमसावस्तमये सूर्यनन्दनश्चापि

lagnasthau budhajīvau karmaṇi sūryārakau ca digbalinau| hibuke bhṛgucandramasāvastamaye sūryanandanaścāpi

Mercury and Jupiter posted in the lagna, and the Sun and Mars in the karma ⟨house, the 10th⟩, possess directional strength; ⟨and so do⟩ Venus and the Moon in the hibuka ⟨the 4th⟩, and Saturn in the astamaya ⟨the 7th⟩.

आपोक्लिमेष्ववीर्या मध्यबलाः फणपराश्रिताः सर्वे। केन्द्राश्रिताश्च बलिनः सदा ग्रहाः कीर्तिता यवनैः

āpoklimeṣvavīryā madhyabalāḥ phaṇaparāśritāḥ sarve| kendrāśritāśca balinaḥ sadā grahāḥ kīrtitā yavanaiḥ

In the āpoklima ⟨the cadent houses: 3, 6, 9, 12⟩ ⟨the grahas⟩ are without strength; all those resorting to the paṇaphara ⟨the succedent houses: 2, 5, 8, 11⟩ are of middling strength; and those resorting to a kendra ⟨an angle: 1, 4, 7, 10⟩ are strong. So have the grahas always been declared by the Yavanas.

सौराद् द्विगुणो भौमो बलवान् भौमाच्चतुर्गुणः सौम्यः। जीवोऽष्टगुणः सौम्याज्जीवादष्टाधिको भृगुर्बलवान्

saurād dviguṇo bhaumo balavān bhaumāccaturguṇaḥ saumyaḥ| jīvo'ṣṭaguṇaḥ saumyājjīvādaṣṭādhiko bhṛgurbalavān

Mars is twice as strong as Saturn (saura); Mercury (saumya) four times ⟨as strong⟩ as Mars; Jupiter (jīva) eightfold ⟨beyond⟩ Mercury; and Venus (bhṛgu) is stronger than Jupiter by eight more.

शुक्राद्धि षोडशबलश्चन्द्रो भानुस्ततोऽधिको द्विगुणः। तद्वद् द्विगुणः सर्वेषां राहुर्बलवान् निसर्गतश्च

śukrāddhi ṣoḍaśabalaścandro bhānustato'dhiko dviguṇaḥ| tadvad dviguṇaḥ sarveṣāṃ rāhurbalavān nisargataśca

Indeed, from Venus the Moon has sixteenfold strength; the Sun exceeds that, ⟨being⟩ twofold. Likewise Rāhu, twofold ⟨the strength⟩ of them all, is strong — and ⟨this ranking holds⟩ by nature.

चन्द्रार्कौ बलयुक्तौ कुजादयः प्रोक्तमार्गबलहीनाः। शुभफलदास्ते सर्वे दशासु योगेषु सञ्चिन्त्याः

candrārkau balayuktau kujādayaḥ proktamārgabalahīnāḥ| śubhaphaladāste sarve daśāsu yogeṣu sañcintyāḥ

The Moon and the Sun ⟨are⟩ joined with strength; Mars and the rest are deprived of strength by the course stated. All of these, as givers of auspicious results, are to be pondered in the daśās and in the yogas.

भानामवस्थानगताः क्रमेण मन्दार्यभौमार्कसितज्ञचन्द्राः। तेषामधःस्थानगतो बलीयान् राहुर्महीमण्डलमूर्धसंस्थः

bhānāmavasthānagatāḥ krameṇa mandāryabhaumārkasitajñacandrāḥ| teṣāmadhaḥsthānagato balīyān rāhurmahīmaṇḍalamūrdhasaṃsthaḥ

Occupying their stations ⟨beneath the sphere⟩ of the asterisms, in order, are Saturn (manda), Jupiter (ārya), Mars, the Sun, Venus, Mercury and the Moon. Rāhu, gone to a station below theirs, seated upon the crown of the earth's orb, is the stronger.

प्रोक्तप्रकारैः प्रबलान्विता ये मौढ्याश्रितास्ते ह्यबला भवन्ति। भावेषु योगेषु दशाफलेषु न सम्यगुक्तानि फलानि सन्ति

proktaprakāraiḥ prabalānvitā ye mauḍhyāśritāste hyabalā bhavanti| bhāveṣu yogeṣu daśāphaleṣu na samyaguktāni phalāni santi

Those which are possessed of great strength by the manners stated, if they resort to mauḍhya ⟨combustion, nearness to the Sun⟩, become strengthless indeed. In the bhāvas, in the yogas, in the results of the daśās, the results declared ⟨for them⟩ do not come about rightly.

सौम्यग्रहैर्बलयुतैः सुभगास्तेजस्विनः सुरूपाश्च। सौम्याद्बलिभिः पापैर्मूर्खाः पापाः प्रजायन्ते

saumyagrahairbalayutaiḥ subhagāstejasvinaḥ surūpāśca| saumyādbalibhiḥ pāpairmūrkhāḥ pāpāḥ prajāyante

By benefic grahas endowed with strength ⟨men are born⟩ fortunate, lustrous and well-formed. By malefics stronger than the benefics they are born stupid and wicked.

अङ्गनाजन्मपीडर्क्षं याते ताराधिपे तथा। रक्तेक्षिते युते वा स्यादार्तवं गर्भकारणम्

aṅganājanmapīḍarkṣaṃ yāte tārādhipe tathā| raktekṣite yute vā syādārtavaṃ garbhakāraṇam

When the lord of the stars (tārādhipa, the Moon) has gone to a woman's birth-star or to an afflicting star (pīḍā-ṛkṣa), and is aspected by or joined with the red one (rakta, Mars), then the menstrual flow (ārtava) occurs, which is the cause of conception.

बालवृद्धातुरावन्ध्या मुक्त्वा चान्यासु लक्षणम्। त्रयोदशनिशाः स्नानादृतुकालं प्रचक्षते

bālavṛddhāturāvandhyā muktvā cānyāsu lakṣaṇam| trayodaśaniśāḥ snānādṛtukālaṃ pracakṣate

Excepting the girl-child, the aged, the sick and the barren woman, the ⟨foregoing⟩ mark holds for other women. Thirteen nights, reckoned from the ⟨purificatory⟩ bath, they declare to be the ṛtukāla, the fertile season.

स्त्रीणामुपचयस्थेन्दौ शुभपुङ्ग्रहवीक्षिते। शुभोदये युग्मरात्रौ निषिञ्चेत्पुत्रधारणम्

strīṇāmupacayasthendau śubhapuṅgrahavīkṣite| śubhodaye yugmarātrau niṣiñcetputradhāraṇam

For women, when the Moon stands in an upacaya ⟨house⟩ and is aspected by an auspicious male graha, with a benefic rising, on an even night — let the seed be sown ⟨then⟩; ⟨so⟩ a son is conceived.

रवीन्दुशुक्रजीवैर्वा स्वर्क्षे वा स्वांशकोदये। भौमदृष्टे युते वाऽपि पुंयोगाः स्युरिमे स्मृताः

ravīnduśukrajīvairvā svarkṣe vā svāṃśakodaye| bhaumadṛṣṭe yute vā'pi puṃyogāḥ syurime smṛtāḥ

⟨The ascendant aspected⟩ by the Sun, the Moon, Venus and Jupiter; or a graha's own rāśi or own aṃśa rising; or ⟨the ascendant⟩ aspected by or joined with Mars — these are remembered as the yogas for a male ⟨child⟩.

लग्नस्थो वा सुतस्थो वा धर्मस्थो वा बली गुरुः। प्रोक्तर्क्षे शुभवारे स्याद्धारयेद्गर्भमुत्तमम्

lagnastho vā sutastho vā dharmastho vā balī guruḥ| proktarkṣe śubhavāre syāddhārayedgarbhamuttamam

Jupiter strong and standing in the lagna, or in the 5th (suta), or in the 9th (dharma), in the aforesaid ṛkṣa (sign or asterism) and on an auspicious weekday — one should hold an excellent conception ⟨then⟩.

लग्नात्मजेशौ संयुक्तावन्योन्यं वाऽपि वीक्षितौ। क्षेत्रे परस्परस्थौ वा पुत्रयोगा इमे स्मृताः

lagnātmajeśau saṃyuktāvanyonyaṃ vā'pi vīkṣitau| kṣetre parasparasthau vā putrayogā ime smṛtāḥ

The lord of the lagna and the lord of the 5th (ātmaja) conjoined, or aspecting one another, or each standing in the other's sign (kṣetra) — these are remembered as the yogas for a son.

लग्नं मुक्त्वा तु विषमं बलवान् भास्करात्मजः। स्थितस्तु पुत्रदो ज्ञेयो नान्यग्रहयुतेक्षितः

lagnaṃ muktvā tu viṣamaṃ balavān bhāskarātmajaḥ| sthitastu putrado jñeyo nānyagrahayutekṣitaḥ

Excepting the lagna, strong Saturn (Bhāskara's son) standing in an odd ⟨house⟩, and neither joined with nor aspected by another graha, is to be known as the giver of a son.

पुङ्ग्रहाः षष्ठलाभस्थाः पञ्चमेशो बली यदा। सर्वे विषमराशिस्थाः पुत्रयोगा इमे स्मृताः

puṅgrahāḥ ṣaṣṭhalābhasthāḥ pañcameśo balī yadā| sarve viṣamarāśisthāḥ putrayogā ime smṛtāḥ

The male grahas standing in the 6th and in the 11th (lābha), and the lord of the 5th strong — all of them in odd rāśis: these are remembered as the yogas for a son.

चन्द्रशुक्रौ युतौ वाऽपि पञ्चमे दशमेऽपि वा। स्वर्क्षे वास्वांशके वाऽपि स्त्रीयोगाः शास्त्रलक्षिताः

candraśukrau yutau vā'pi pañcame daśame'pi vā| svarkṣe vāsvāṃśake vā'pi strīyogāḥ śāstralakṣitāḥ

The Moon and Venus conjoined, or in the 5th or in the 10th, or in their own rāśi or their own aṃśa — these are the yogas for a female ⟨child⟩, as marked out by the śāstra.

राहूदये चन्द्रदृष्टे विपरीतेऽथवा यदि। चन्द्रहोरागते शुक्रे केन्द्रस्थे वा तथैव च

rāhūdaye candradṛṣṭe viparīte'thavā yadi| candrahorāgate śukre kendrasthe vā tathaiva ca

When Rāhu is at the rising point (udaya) and aspected by the Moon, or the reverse; and likewise when Venus has gone into the Moon's horā, or stands in a kendra — ⟨a female child is to be declared⟩.

द्व्यङ्गस्थिते बुधे लग्ने दृष्टे वा दशमेऽपि वा। यमलं कुरुते योगं पुंस्त्रियो राशिसंश्रयात्

dvyaṅgasthite budhe lagne dṛṣṭe vā daśame'pi vā| yamalaṃ kurute yogaṃ puṃstriyo rāśisaṃśrayāt

Mercury placed in a two-bodied (dvyaṅga, dual) sign — in the lagna, or aspecting it, or in the 10th — makes a yoga of twins; whether they are male or female follows from the rāśi ⟨involved⟩.

युग्मर्क्षगौ चन्द्रशुक्रौ द्व्यंशस्थौ वा बुधोदये। विषमेष्वारजीवौ वा यमलः स्यान्न संशयः

yugmarkṣagau candraśukrau dvyaṃśasthau vā budhodaye| viṣameṣvārajīvau vā yamalaḥ syānna saṃśayaḥ

The Moon and Venus gone to even rāśis, or standing in dual aṃśas, with Mercury rising; or Mars and Jupiter in odd ⟨rāśis⟩ — twins result, there is no doubt of it.

अन्योन्यमभिवीक्षेते चन्द्रादित्यौ दिवा यदि। बुधमन्दौ तथा रात्रौ षण्डयोगद्वयं भवेत्

anyonyamabhivīkṣete candrādityau divā yadi| budhamandau tathā rātrau ṣaṇḍayogadvayaṃ bhavet

If the Moon and the Sun aspect one another by day, and likewise Mercury and Saturn by night, there arise the two yogas of a ṣaṇḍa (a eunuch, of neither sex).

विबीजिनामिमे योगा निष्फलाश्च भवन्ति हि। अन्धाश्च नृगुणैर्हीना यथा योगास्तथाविधाः

vibījināmime yogā niṣphalāśca bhavanti hi| andhāśca nṛguṇairhīnā yathā yogāstathāvidhāḥ

For the seedless ⟨men⟩ these yogas are fruitless indeed; as the blind and those bereft of manly qualities ⟨are⟩, just so are yogas of that kind.

कललं प्रथमे मासि तस्य मासाधिपो भृगुः। द्वितीये मासि भौमस्तु गर्भः पिङ्गा(ण्डा)क्षबीजवत्

kalalaṃ prathame māsi tasya māsādhipo bhṛguḥ| dvitīye māsi bhaumastu garbhaḥ piṅgā(ṇḍā)kṣabījavat

In the first month ⟨the embryo is⟩ kalala, a fluid mass; its month-lord is Bhṛgu (Venus). In the second month Mars ⟨is lord⟩, and the embryo becomes a lump, like the seed of the akṣa nut.

गर्भाङ्कुरस्तृतीये स्यात्तस्य मासाधिपो गुरुः। मज्जास्थिसम्भवो मासि चतुर्थे भास्करोऽधिपः

garbhāṅkurastṛtīye syāttasya māsādhipo guruḥ| majjāsthisambhavo māsi caturthe bhāskaro'dhipaḥ

In the third ⟨month⟩ the sprouting of the embryo (garbhāṅkura) takes place; its month-lord is Jupiter. In the fourth month marrow and bone come into being; the Sun is the lord.

पञ्चमे मासि सोमस्तु त्वङ्मेदोरक्तसम्भवः। सर्वाङ्गसम्भवः षष्ठे तस्य मासाधिपः शनिः

pañcame māsi somastu tvaṅmedoraktasambhavaḥ| sarvāṅgasambhavaḥ ṣaṣṭhe tasya māsādhipaḥ śaniḥ

In the fifth month the Moon ⟨is lord⟩, and skin, fat and blood come into being. In the sixth, all the limbs come into being; its month-lord is Saturn.

ज्ञानेन्द्रियप्रवेशस्तु सप्तमे मासि सोमजः। भवनेशोऽष्टमे मासि क्षुत्तृष्णासम्भ्रमो भवेत्

jñānendriyapraveśastu saptame māsi somajaḥ| bhavaneśo'ṣṭame māsi kṣuttṛṣṇāsambhramo bhavet

In the seventh month the organs of knowledge (jñānendriya) enter ⟨the embryo⟩; ⟨the lord is⟩ Somaja (Mercury, the Moon's son). In the eighth month the lord of the house (bhavaneśa) ⟨rules⟩, and hunger, thirst and agitation arise.

उद्वेगो गर्भसंस्थस्य मासीशो नवमे शशी। प्रसूतिर्दशमे मासि मासेशो भास्करः स्मृतः

udvego garbhasaṃsthasya māsīśo navame śaśī| prasūtirdaśame māsi māseśo bhāskaraḥ smṛtaḥ

⟨In the ninth⟩ there is distress for the one lodged in the womb; the lord of the ninth month is the Moon. Delivery is in the tenth month, whose month-lord is remembered to be the Sun.

मासलक्षणयुक्तश्चेद्गर्भः सुखमवाप्नुयात्। ऊनाधिकगुणांस्तस्य ज्ञात्वा प्रसवमादिशेत्

māsalakṣaṇayuktaścedgarbhaḥ sukhamavāpnuyāt| ūnādhikaguṇāṃstasya jñātvā prasavamādiśet

If the embryo is furnished with the marks proper to its month, it attains ease. Knowing its qualities to be deficient or in excess, one should declare the delivery ⟨accordingly⟩.

यस्य मासाधिपो रक्तो भग्नो वाऽस्तङ्गतोऽपि वा। तस्मिन् मासे क्षयं याति प्रसवो न भविष्यति

yasya māsādhipo rakto bhagno vā'staṅgato'pi vā| tasmin māse kṣayaṃ yāti prasavo na bhaviṣyati

⟨The embryo⟩ whose month-lord is bloodied (rakta), broken (bhagna), or gone to setting (combust) — in that month it wastes away; there will be no birth.

गर्भाधाने चरे राशौ दशमे मासि सूयते। स्थिरे चैकादशे मासि ह्युभये द्वादशे सवः

garbhādhāne care rāśau daśame māsi sūyate| sthire caikādaśe māsi hyubhaye dvādaśe savaḥ

If at the conception (garbhādhāna) the rāśi is movable (cara), she gives birth in the tenth month; if fixed (sthira), in the eleventh month; if dual (ubhaya), the birth falls in the twelfth.

निषेककाले यत्प्रोक्तं फलं प्रश्ने तदादिशेत्। गर्भप्रश्ने च नारीणामारूढे विषमर्क्षगे

niṣekakāle yatproktaṃ phalaṃ praśne tadādiśet| garbhapraśne ca nārīṇāmārūḍhe viṣamarkṣage

Whatever fruit is declared for the time of insemination (niṣeka), that same one should declare from the query (praśna). And in a query concerning women's pregnancy, when the ārūḍha falls in an odd rāśi —

पुङ्ग्रहेण युते दृष्टे गर्भस्थः पुरुषो भवेत्। पुंराशिस्पर्शने देहे पुमान् भवति निश्चयात्

puṅgraheṇa yute dṛṣṭe garbhasthaḥ puruṣo bhavet| puṃrāśisparśane dehe pumān bhavati niścayāt

— and is joined with or aspected by a male graha, the one in the womb will be male. When a male rāśi's ⟨part⟩ on the body is touched, it is a male for certain.

पुरुषस्पर्शने प्रष्टा पुरुषाक्षरमुच्चरेत्। देहस्य दक्षिणे भागे स्पर्शनेन पुमान् भवेत्

puruṣasparśane praṣṭā puruṣākṣaramuccaret| dehasya dakṣiṇe bhāge sparśanena pumān bhavet

If the querent touches a male ⟨being⟩, ⟨or⟩ utters a masculine syllable, ⟨or⟩ by his touching the right side of the body, a male ⟨child⟩ will result.

अन्यथा स्त्रीप्रसूतिः स्यात् स्त्रीग्रहेण युतेक्षितात्।

anyathā strīprasūtiḥ syāt strīgraheṇa yutekṣitāt|

Otherwise — and where ⟨the ārūḍha⟩ is joined with or aspected by a female graha — the birth will be of a girl.

लग्नेन्द्वोर्यो बलवांस्तस्य द्विरसांशकान्वितो राशिः। यावांस्तस्मात्तावति परतो राशौ विधौ स्थिते प्रसवः

lagnendvoryo balavāṃstasya dvirasāṃśakānvito rāśiḥ| yāvāṃstasmāttāvati parato rāśau vidhau sthite prasavaḥ

Whichever of the lagna and the Moon is the stronger — take the rāśi that its dvirasāṃśaka (the twelfth part, dvādaśāṃśa) occupies; however far that rāśi stands from it, when the Moon comes to stand in the rāśi that far onward again, the delivery takes place.

तत्कालेन्दुनवांशाञ्जामित्रे शीतगौ स्थिते सूतिः। उदयनवांशाधिपतेः क्षेत्रं याते विधौ तदा प्रसवः

tatkālendunavāṃśāñjāmitre śītagau sthite sūtiḥ| udayanavāṃśādhipateḥ kṣetraṃ yāte vidhau tadā prasavaḥ

When the cool-rayed one (śītagu, the Moon) comes to stand in the 7th (jāmitra) from the navāṃśa the Moon holds at that moment, there is the birth; ⟨or⟩ when the Moon goes to the sign (kṣetra) of the lord of the rising navāṃśa, then the delivery.

रात्रिदिनराशिभागान् भुक्त्वा तावद्गते दिवारात्रौ। हिबुकेशे बलयुक्ते शुभयोगे वा सुखी गर्भः

rātridinarāśibhāgān bhuktvā tāvadgate divārātrau| hibukeśe balayukte śubhayoge vā sukhī garbhaḥ

⟨The Moon⟩ having traversed as many rāśis and degrees (bhāga) as ⟨belong to⟩ the night and the day, when that much has gone by of the day or of the night ⟨the delivery falls⟩. When the lord of the 4th (hibuka) is possessed of strength, or ⟨there is⟩ an auspicious yoga, the embryo is at ease.

अथ मातापित्ररिष्टं सूतिकालस्य लक्षणम्। प्रवक्ष्यामि समासेन सद्यो मरणमेव च

atha mātāpitrariṣṭaṃ sūtikālasya lakṣaṇam| pravakṣyāmi samāsena sadyo maraṇameva ca

Now I shall declare in brief the peril (ariṣṭa) of mother and father, the marks of the time of birth (sūtikāla), and immediate death (sadyo-maraṇa) as well.

जातस्य पूर्वषट्कस्था ये ग्रहास्ते शुभप्रदाः। ये ग्रहाः परषट्कस्था परोक्षफलदायकाः

jātasya pūrvaṣaṭkasthā ye grahāste śubhapradāḥ| ye grahāḥ paraṣaṭkasthā parokṣaphaladāyakāḥ

Those grahas that stand in the first six ⟨houses⟩ from the native ⟨'s lagna⟩ are the givers of the auspicious; those grahas that stand in the latter six are the givers of results that are out of sight (parokṣa).

भानुः पिता च जन्तूनां चन्द्रो माता तथैव च। तयोर्बलाबलं ज्ञात्वा पितृमातृगुणान्वदेत्

bhānuḥ pitā ca jantūnāṃ candro mātā tathaiva ca| tayorbalābalaṃ jñātvā pitṛmātṛguṇānvadet

The Sun (bhānu) is the father of living beings, and the Moon likewise the mother. Having known the strength and weakness of those two, one should declare the qualities of the father and the mother.

पापदृष्टो युतो भानुः पापमध्यगतोऽपि वा। पित्ररिष्टं विजानीयाच्छिशोर्जातस्य निश्चयात्

pāpadṛṣṭo yuto bhānuḥ pāpamadhyagato'pi vā| pitrariṣṭaṃ vijānīyācchiśorjātasya niścayāt

If the Sun is aspected by malefics, joined with them, or placed in the middle of malefics, one should know with certainty the peril to the father (pitṛ-ariṣṭa) of the child that is born.

भानोष्षष्ठाष्टमर्क्षस्थैः पापैः सौम्यविवर्जितैः। चतुरश्रगतैर्वाऽपि पित्ररिष्टं समादिशेत्

bhānoṣṣaṣṭhāṣṭamarkṣasthaiḥ pāpaiḥ saumyavivarjitaiḥ| caturaśragatairvā'pi pitrariṣṭaṃ samādiśet

By malefics standing in the 6th and the 8th signs from the Sun and unmixed with benefics, or else by ⟨malefics⟩ standing in the caturaśra ⟨the 4th and the 8th⟩, one should declare peril to the father.

भौमांशकस्थिते भानौ स्वपुत्रेण निरीक्षिते। प्राक्जन्मनो निवृत्तिः स्यान्मृतिर्वाऽपि शिशोः पितुः

bhaumāṃśakasthite bhānau svaputreṇa nirīkṣite| prākjanmano nivṛttiḥ syānmṛtirvā'pi śiśoḥ pituḥ

When the Sun stands in the aṃśaka of Mars ⟨bhauma⟩ and is aspected by his own son ⟨Saturn⟩, there is a going away ⟨of the father⟩ before the birth, or else the death of the child's father.

भौमे सूर्यांशकयुते सुखभे धर्मभेऽपि वा। नेक्षिते(तो) गुरुशुक्राभ्यां नेक्षते पितरं शिशुः

bhaume sūryāṃśakayute sukhabhe dharmabhe'pi vā| nekṣite(to) guruśukrābhyāṃ nekṣate pitaraṃ śiśuḥ

When Mars, joined with the aṃśaka of the Sun, is in the 4th house (sukha) or in the 9th house (dharma) and is not aspected by Jupiter and Venus, the child does not see its father.

मात्ररिष्टं तु चन्द्रेण ज्ञात्वैवं पूर्ववद्वदेत्। क्षीणचन्द्रात् त्रिकोणस्थैः पापैः सौम्यविवर्जितैः

mātrariṣṭaṃ tu candreṇa jñātvaivaṃ pūrvavadvadet| kṣīṇacandrāt trikoṇasthaiḥ pāpaiḥ saumyavivarjitaiḥ

The peril to the mother (mātṛ-ariṣṭa) one should know in the same way by the Moon and declare as before. From a waned Moon, by malefics standing in trikoṇa ⟨the 5th and the 9th⟩ and unmixed with benefics —

मात्ररिष्टं तु चन्द्रेण ज्ञात्वैवं पूर्ववद्वदेत्।

mātrariṣṭaṃ tu candreṇa jñātvaivaṃ pūrvavadvadet|

The peril to the mother (mātṛ-ariṣṭa) one should know in the same way by the Moon and declare as before.

एकांशस्थौ तु मन्दारौ यत्र कुत्र स्थितावपि

ekāṃśasthau tu mandārau yatra kutra sthitāvapi

But if Saturn and Mars (manda and āra) stand in one and the same aṃśa, wherever the two may be placed —

शशिकेन्द्रगतौ वाऽपि द्विमातृभ्यां स जीवति।

śaśikendragatau vā'pi dvimātṛbhyāṃ sa jīvati|

— or else if the two are in a kendra from the Moon (śaśī), he lives with two mothers.

तयोर्बलाबलेनैव पितृमातृगृहोद्भवः

tayorbalābalenaiva pitṛmātṛgṛhodbhavaḥ

By the very strength and weakness of those two ⟨the Sun and the Moon⟩ ⟨is known⟩ the birth in the father's house or in the mother's —

मूर्तिर्बलान्विता यस्य पितृवेश्मनि सम्भवः।

mūrtirbalānvitā yasya pitṛveśmani sambhavaḥ|

— he whose mūrti ⟨the 1st house, the lagna⟩ is endowed with strength: his birth is in the father's house.

चरराश्यंशके भानौ चरराश्यंशकोदये

cararāśyaṃśake bhānau cararāśyaṃśakodaye

When the Sun is in the aṃśaka of a movable (cara) sign, and the aṃśaka of a movable sign rises ⟨in the lagna⟩ —

शिशोः पितान्यदेशस्थः सूतौ लग्नं न पश्यति।

śiśoḥ pitānyadeśasthaḥ sūtau lagnaṃ na paśyati|

— the child's father, being in another country, does not see the lagna ⟨is not present⟩ at the delivery.

लग्नं न पश्यति विधौ चरराश्यंशके स्थिते

lagnaṃ na paśyati vidhau cararāśyaṃśake sthite

He does not see the lagna ⟨likewise⟩ when the Moon (vidhu) stands in the aṃśaka of a movable sign —

परोक्षगः पिता तस्य सूतिकाले न संशयः।

parokṣagaḥ pitā tasya sūtikāle na saṃśayaḥ|

— his father is out of sight (parokṣa) at the time of birth; in this there is no doubt.

वागीशे नीचसंस्थे च चन्द्रे राश्यंशसन्धिगे

vāgīśe nīcasaṃsthe ca candre rāśyaṃśasandhige

When Jupiter (vāgīśa) is placed in debilitation and the Moon is at the junction (sandhi) of sign and aṃśa —

मूको वाऽपि जडोवाऽपि सौम्यैः पापसमन्वितैः।

mūko vā'pi jaḍovā'pi saumyaiḥ pāpasamanvitaiḥ|

— ⟨the child is⟩ mute, or else dull-witted, when the benefics are joined with malefics.

भाग्यबन्धुगताः पापाः लग्नेशे बलवर्जिते

bhāgyabandhugatāḥ pāpāḥ lagneśe balavarjite

Malefics standing in the 9th house (bhāgya) and the 4th house (bandhu), the lord of the lagna being devoid of strength —

जन्मकाले पिता रोगी कुजदृष्टेऽथवा युते।

janmakāle pitā rogī kujadṛṣṭe'thavā yute|

— at the time of birth the father is diseased; or so too when ⟨the lord of the lagna⟩ is aspected by Mars (kuja) or joined with him.

अर्कांशकस्थिते मन्देऽप्यर्केणैव निरीक्षिते

arkāṃśakasthite mande'pyarkeṇaiva nirīkṣite

When Saturn (manda) stands in the aṃśaka of the Sun and is aspected by the Sun himself —

सूतिकाले पिता दुःखी शिशो रिःफाष्टमेऽपि वा।

sūtikāle pitā duḥkhī śiśo riḥphāṣṭame'pi vā|

— at the time of birth the child's father is in misery; or so too ⟨when Saturn is⟩ in the 12th house (riḥpha) or in the 8th.

न पश्यति गुरौ चन्द्रं लग्नं च परजातकः

na paśyati gurau candraṃ lagnaṃ ca parajātakaḥ

When Jupiter does not aspect the Moon and the lagna, ⟨the child is⟩ one born of another ⟨man⟩ (para-jātaka).

सार्केन्दुनेक्षिते जीवे सूर्येन्दू पापसंयुतौ।

sārkendunekṣite jīve sūryendū pāpasaṃyutau|

⟨So too⟩ when Jupiter (jīva) is unaspected by the Moon together with the Sun, and the Sun and the Moon are joined with malefics.

गुरुराश्यंशके चन्द्रे चन्द्रराश्यंशके गुरौ

gururāśyaṃśake candre candrarāśyaṃśake gurau

When the Moon is in the rāśi and the aṃśaka of Jupiter, and Jupiter is in the rāśi and the aṃśaka of the Moon —

परस्परांशराशिस्थौ चन्द्रार्कौ नैव जारजः। पूर्वोक्तयोगसम्भूतो परैर्जात इतीष्यते

parasparāṃśarāśisthau candrārkau naiva jārajaḥ| pūrvoktayogasambhūto parairjāta itīṣyate

— ⟨and⟩ the Moon and the Sun stand in each other's aṃśa and rāśi, ⟨the child is⟩ certainly not born of an adulterer (jāraja). ⟨But⟩ one produced under the yoga stated before is held to be 'born of others' (parair jātaḥ).

कालस्याङ्गविभागेषु यस्मिन् राशौ शुभाः स्थिताः। तत्र लक्ष्मव्रणादीनि चिन्तयेत्तन्निमित्ततः

kālasyāṅgavibhāgeṣu yasmin rāśau śubhāḥ sthitāḥ| tatra lakṣmavraṇādīni cintayettannimittataḥ

In whichever sign, among the limb-divisions of Kāla ⟨the Kāla-puruṣa⟩, the benefics are placed, there one should consider marks, scars and the like, from the indication of that ⟨sign⟩.

सद्यो मरणयोगा हि बहवः शास्त्रदर्शिताः। (लक्षिताः।) तेभ्यः सिद्धान्तयोगास्तु वक्ष्यन्तेऽत्र समासतः

sadyo maraṇayogā hi bahavaḥ śāstradarśitāḥ| (lakṣitāḥ|) tebhyaḥ siddhāntayogāstu vakṣyante'tra samāsataḥ

Many yogas of immediate death (sadyo-maraṇa) have indeed been shown ⟨variant: marked⟩ in the śāstra. Of them, only the established (siddhānta) yogas will be stated here, in brief.

पित्रोर्दोषैर्मृताः केचित् केचिद्बालग्रहैर्मृताः। अपरे रिष्टयोगेभ्य (योगाद्यै) स्त्रिविधा बालमृत्यवः

pitrordoṣairmṛtāḥ kecit kecidbālagrahairmṛtāḥ| apare riṣṭayogebhya (yogādyai) strividhā bālamṛtyavaḥ

Some die from the faults of the parents, some die by the bāla-grahas ⟨the seizers of children⟩, others from ariṣṭa-yogas ⟨variant: from the yogas and the rest⟩: the deaths of children are of these three kinds.

एवं सूक्ष्मतरं ज्ञात्वा शिशोर्दोषगुणान्वदेत्। आद्वादशाब्दं मर्त्यानामायुर्ज्ञातुं न शक्यते

evaṃ sūkṣmataraṃ jñātvā śiśordoṣaguṇānvadet| ādvādaśābdaṃ martyānāmāyurjñātuṃ na śakyate

Having thus known ⟨all this⟩ with the utmost precision, one should declare the faults and the merits of the infant. Up to the twelfth year the length of life of mortals cannot be known.

जपहोमचिकित्साद्यैर्बालं रक्षेद्गुणाधिकैः।

japahomacikitsādyairbālaṃ rakṣedguṇādhikaiḥ|

⟨Therefore⟩ one should guard the child with japa, homa, medical treatment and the rest — with those ⟨remedies⟩ that are highest in efficacy.

राशिसन्धिषु ये जातास्ते बाला गतजीविनाः

rāśisandhiṣu ye jātāste bālā gatajīvināḥ

Those children who are born at the junctions of the rāśis have their life already gone —

पापदृष्टो युतो वाऽपि निःसंशयमिति स्मृतम्। गण्डान्तेषूद्भवो मर्त्यः पितृमातृकुलान्तकः

pāpadṛṣṭo yuto vā'pi niḥsaṃśayamiti smṛtam| gaṇḍānteṣūdbhavo martyaḥ pitṛmātṛkulāntakaḥ

and ⟨if such a one is⟩ aspected by a malefic, or joined ⟨with one⟩, ⟨then it is⟩ beyond doubt: so it is handed down. A mortal born in the gaṇḍāntas makes an end of the family of both father and mother.

यदि जीवेत्सभूपालो गजवाजिसमन्वितः।

yadi jīvetsabhūpālo gajavājisamanvitaḥ|

If he lives, he becomes a king furnished with elephants and horses.

चन्द्रादित्यौ तृतीयस्थौ क्रूरभे क्रूरसंयुतौ

candrādityau tṛtīyasthau krūrabhe krūrasaṃyutau

⟨When⟩ the Moon and the Sun stand in the 3rd, in a malefic's sign, joined with malefics —

व्याधिं तस्य विजानीयात् त्रिवर्षं नातिवर्तते।

vyādhiṃ tasya vijānīyāt trivarṣaṃ nātivartate|

one should know disease for him: he does not pass beyond three years.

होरायाः कण्टकस्थेन्दौ निधनेशसमन्विते

horāyāḥ kaṇṭakasthendau nidhaneśasamanvite

⟨When⟩ the Moon stands in a kendra (kaṇṭaka) from the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩, joined with the lord of the 8th (nidhana) —

निधनस्थः परः कश्चिज्जातमात्रो विनश्यति।

nidhanasthaḥ paraḥ kaścijjātamātro vinaśyati|

and some other ⟨graha⟩ stands in the 8th — ⟨the child⟩ perishes the moment it is born.

सहितौ चन्द्रजामित्रे यस्याङ्गारकभास्करौ

sahitau candrajāmitre yasyāṅgārakabhāskarau

He in whose ⟨nativity⟩ Mars and the Sun stand together in the jāmitra (the 7th) from the Moon,

राहूदये तथा जात आदशाहान्मृतो भवेत्।

rāhūdaye tathā jāta ādaśāhānmṛto bhavet|

and likewise one born with Rāhu in the ascendant (udaya) — he dies within ten days.

चतुरश्रं गताः पापा वामदक्षिणतोऽपि वा

caturaśraṃ gatāḥ pāpā vāmadakṣiṇato'pi vā

⟨When⟩ malefics have gone to the caturaśra ⟨houses, the 4th and the 8th⟩, or else stand to the left and to the right,

तदा यो व्याधिमाप्नोति दशरात्रं स जीवति। उद्यद्द्रेक्काणजामित्रे यस्य स्याद्दारुणो ग्रहः

tadā yo vyādhimāpnoti daśarātraṃ sa jīvati| udyaddrekkāṇajāmitre yasya syāddāruṇo grahaḥ

then he who falls ill lives ten nights. He in whose ⟨nativity⟩ a fierce graha stands in the jāmitra (the 7th) from the rising drekkāṇa —

क्षीणचन्द्रो विलग्नस्थः सद्यो हरति जीवितम्।

kṣīṇacandro vilagnasthaḥ sadyo harati jīvitam|

and the waned Moon stands in the ascendant — ⟨that⟩ carries off life at once.

अपोक्लिमे स्थिताः सर्वे ग्रहा बलविवर्जिताः

apoklime sthitāḥ sarve grahā balavivarjitāḥ

⟨When⟩ all the grahas stand in the apoklima ⟨houses⟩ and are bereft of strength,

षण्मासं वा द्विमासं वा तस्यायुः समुदाहृतम्।

ṣaṇmāsaṃ vā dvimāsaṃ vā tasyāyuḥ samudāhṛtam|

six months, or two months — so his span of life is declared.

विलग्नाधिपतिर्नीचे निधने वाऽस्तगो भवेत्

vilagnādhipatirnīce nidhane vā'stago bhavet

⟨If⟩ the lord of the ascendant be debilitated, or in the 8th (nidhana), or combust (astaga),

कृच्छ्रेण जीवितं विद्यान्मृतप्रायो भविष्यति।

kṛcchreṇa jīvitaṃ vidyānmṛtaprāyo bhaviṣyati|

one should know ⟨his⟩ life ⟨to pass⟩ in distress: he will be all but dead.

केतोरुदयः पूर्वं पश्चादुल्कादिपतननिर्घाताः। रौद्रे सति च मुहूर्ते प्राणेभ्यस्त्यज्यते जन्तुः

ketorudayaḥ pūrvaṃ paścādulkādipatananirghātāḥ| raudre sati ca muhūrte prāṇebhyastyajyate jantuḥ

⟨If⟩ the rising of a comet ⟨goes⟩ before, and afterwards the falling of meteors and the like, and thunder-crashes; and if the muhūrta be Raudra — the creature is parted from its life-breaths.

तीव्रफ(ब)ल राजयोगा यवनाद्यैर्ये विनिर्मितास्तेषु। जायन्ते खलु कुलजारिष्टं तेषु प्रसूतानाम्

tīvrapha(ba)la rājayogā yavanādyairye vinirmitāsteṣu| jāyante khalu kulajāriṣṭaṃ teṣu prasūtānām

The rājayogas of intense effect (tīvra-phala; the edition records the variant tīvra-bala, 'of intense strength') which were framed by Yavana and the rest — among those born under them there arises, assuredly, ariṣṭa arising in the family.

ग्रहणपरिवेषकाले जातः पापग्रहे विलग्नस्थे। पापेन दृश्यमाने जीवति पक्षत्रयं त्रिमासे वा

grahaṇapariveṣakāle jātaḥ pāpagrahe vilagnasthe| pāpena dṛśyamāne jīvati pakṣatrayaṃ trimāse vā

One born at the time of an eclipse or of a halo, with a malefic graha standing in the ascendant and aspected by a malefic, lives three fortnights, or three months.

अंशाधिपजन्मपती लग्नपतिश्चास्तमुपागता यस्य। जन्मावसरे मरणं तस्य भवेत्कतिपयाहेन

aṃśādhipajanmapatī lagnapatiścāstamupāgatā yasya| janmāvasare maraṇaṃ tasya bhavetkatipayāhena

He whose lord of the aṃśa ⟨navāṃśa⟩ and lord of the janma-rāśi, and the lord of the lagna, have gone to setting ⟨are combust⟩ at the moment of birth — his death comes about within a few days.

सन्धिचतुष्टयकाले जन्तोर्मृत्युं समादिशेत्तज्ज्ञः। पापयुतो दृष्टो वा चन्द्रः सौम्यैरदृष्टयुतः

sandhicatuṣṭayakāle jantormṛtyuṃ samādiśettajjñaḥ| pāpayuto dṛṣṭo vā candraḥ saumyairadṛṣṭayutaḥ

For one born at the time of the four junctions, the man who knows this should declare the creature's death. ⟨When⟩ the Moon is joined with a malefic or aspected ⟨by one⟩, and is neither aspected nor joined by benefics —

उदयात्मजास्तरन्ध्रनवमव्ययसंस्थितः सपापेन्दुः। मरणमवश्यं कुरुते सौम्यग्रहवीक्षितो युतो न स्यात्

udayātmajāstarandhranavamavyayasaṃsthitaḥ sapāpenduḥ| maraṇamavaśyaṃ kurute saumyagrahavīkṣito yuto na syāt

the Moon accompanied by a malefic and posted in the udaya (1st), the ātmaja (5th), the asta (7th), the randhra (8th), the 9th or the vyaya (12th) inevitably brings about death — ⟨provided⟩ it be not aspected or joined by a benefic graha.

लग्नाधिपजन्मपती षष्ठाष्टमरिःफगौ प्रसवकाले। अस्तमितौ मरणकरौ राशिप्रमितैर्वदेद्वर्षैः

lagnādhipajanmapatī ṣaṣṭhāṣṭamariḥphagau prasavakāle| astamitau maraṇakarau rāśipramitairvadedvarṣaiḥ

The lord of the lagna and the lord of the janma-rāśi, gone at the time of birth to the 6th, the 8th or the riḥpha (12th), and combust, are death-dealing; ⟨the death⟩ one should declare in years equal in number to the rāśi.

षष्ठाष्टमगे चन्द्रे लग्ने लग्नाधिपे दिवाजातः। दृष्टे शुभाशुभखगैः कृष्णेन्दौ वाऽपि सोऽल्पायुः

ṣaṣṭhāṣṭamage candre lagne lagnādhipe divājātaḥ| dṛṣṭe śubhāśubhakhagaiḥ kṛṣṇendau vā'pi so'lpāyuḥ

With the Moon in the 6th or the 8th and the lord of the lagna in the lagna, one born by day and aspected by benefic and malefic grahas — or ⟨born⟩ when the Moon is dark — he is short-lived.

लग्नाधिपतिश्चन्द्रो मरणपदस्थो हि कृष्णतां यातः। राहुयुतो दृष्टो वा निधनं स्यात्सप्तमे वर्षे

lagnādhipatiścandro maraṇapadastho hi kṛṣṇatāṃ yātaḥ| rāhuyuto dṛṣṭo vā nidhanaṃ syātsaptame varṣe

⟨When⟩ the Moon, lord of the lagna, stands in the place of death ⟨the 8th⟩ and has gone to darkness, and is joined with Rāhu or aspected ⟨by him⟩ — death occurs in the seventh year.

क्षीणं यदा शशाङ्कं पश्येद्राहुः समागतः क्रूरैः। जन्मेशेऽस्तमयस्थे निधनं षष्ठाष्टमे वर्षे

kṣīṇaṃ yadā śaśāṅkaṃ paśyedrāhuḥ samāgataḥ krūraiḥ| janmeśe'stamayasthe nidhanaṃ ṣaṣṭhāṣṭame varṣe

When Rāhu, come together with malefics, aspects the waned Moon, and the lord of the janma-rāśi stands in the setting place (astamaya, the 7th) — death in the sixth or the eighth year.

होराधिपतिर्द्यूने राहुयुतो मरणमेव विदधाति। दिवसैस्त्रिसप्तसङ्ख्यैर्मासे वर्षेऽथवा नियतम्

horādhipatirdyūne rāhuyuto maraṇameva vidadhāti| divasaistrisaptasaṅkhyairmāse varṣe'thavā niyatam

The lord of the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ in the dyūna (the 7th), joined with Rāhu, works death and nothing else — in days numbering thrice seven ⟨twenty-one⟩, or in a month, or else in a year: it is fixed.

अर्केन्दुयोगराशिः पापयुतो यस्य केन्द्रनवमस्थः। निधनं कुरुतेऽवश्यं विषजलयोगान्न सन्देहः

arkenduyogarāśiḥ pāpayuto yasya kendranavamasthaḥ| nidhanaṃ kurute'vaśyaṃ viṣajalayogānna sandehaḥ

He in whose ⟨nativity⟩ the rāśi of the conjunction of the Sun and the Moon, joined with a malefic, stands in a kendra or in the 9th — ⟨that⟩ inevitably brings about death, and from a conjunction with poison or with water; there is no doubt.

यस्याष्टमगे पापे लग्नेशे पापसंयुते केन्द्रे। सौम्ययुतिदृष्टिहीने निधनं स्यात्सप्तमे वर्षे

yasyāṣṭamage pāpe lagneśe pāpasaṃyute kendre| saumyayutidṛṣṭihīne nidhanaṃ syātsaptame varṣe

For whom a malefic is placed in the eighth, and the lord of the lagna stands in a kendra joined with a malefic and bereft of the conjunction and the aspect of benefics — death comes in the seventh year.

रविणा युक्तः शशिजः सौम्यैर्दृष्टो विनाशयति नूनम्। एकादशभिर्वर्षैर्देवाङ्केऽपि स्थितं जातम्

raviṇā yuktaḥ śaśijaḥ saumyairdṛṣṭo vināśayati nūnam| ekādaśabhirvarṣairdevāṅke'pi sthitaṃ jātam

Mercury (śaśija, the Moon's son) joined with the Sun ⟨and⟩ aspected by benefics assuredly destroys — in eleven years — the child, though it be seated in the very lap of a god.

दानं धेनो रुद्ररोद्रीमुखोनं भाग्यो भानुर्गोत्रजायानखेन। पुत्री नित्यं मृत्युभागाः क्रमाद्वै मेषादीनां तेषु जातो गतायुः

dānaṃ dheno rudrarodrīmukhonaṃ bhāgyo bhānurgotrajāyānakhena| putrī nityaṃ mṛtyubhāgāḥ kramādvai meṣādīnāṃ teṣu jāto gatāyuḥ

dāna ⟨8⟩, dhenu ⟨9⟩, rudra ⟨22⟩, rodrī ⟨22⟩, mukhona ⟨25⟩, bhāgya ⟨14⟩, bhānu ⟨4⟩, gotra ⟨23⟩, jāyā ⟨18⟩, nakha ⟨20⟩, putrī ⟨21⟩, nitya ⟨10⟩ — these, in order, are the mṛtyubhāgas ⟨the fatal degrees⟩ of Āries and the rest; one born in them has his life gone.

चान्द्रं रूपं लोकशूरो वरज्ञः कुड्ये चित्रं भाग्यलोको मुखानाम्। मेने राज्यं मृत्युभागाः प्रदिष्टा मेषादीनां वर्णसङ्ख्याभिरिन्दोः

cāndraṃ rūpaṃ lokaśūro varajñaḥ kuḍye citraṃ bhāgyaloko mukhānām| mene rājyaṃ mṛtyubhāgāḥ pradiṣṭā meṣādīnāṃ varṇasaṅkhyābhirindoḥ

cāndra ⟨26⟩, rūpa ⟨12⟩, loka ⟨13⟩, śūra ⟨25⟩, varajña ⟨24⟩, kuḍya ⟨11⟩, citra ⟨26⟩, bhāgya ⟨14⟩, loka ⟨13⟩, mukhāna ⟨25⟩, mena ⟨5⟩, rājya ⟨12⟩ — by these letter-numbers are declared the mṛtyubhāgas of the Moon (indu) for Āries and the rest.

मृत्युभागगतश्चन्द्रः पापयुक्तो न सौम्ययुक्। निधने वाऽपि केन्द्रे वा मात्रा सह विनश्यति

mṛtyubhāgagataścandraḥ pāpayukto na saumyayuk| nidhane vā'pi kendre vā mātrā saha vinaśyati

The Moon gone to a mṛtyubhāga, joined with a malefic and not joined with a benefic, in the eighth (nidhana) or else in a kendra — ⟨the child⟩ perishes together with the mother.

लग्नेशो बलयुक्तश्चेत् त्रिकोणे केन्द्रगोऽपि वा। अरिष्टयोगे जातोऽपि बालो जीवति निश्चयात्

lagneśo balayuktaścet trikoṇe kendrago'pi vā| ariṣṭayoge jāto'pi bālo jīvati niścayāt

If the lord of the lagna is possessed of strength and stands in a trikoṇa, or even in a kendra, then the child, though born under an ariṣṭa-yoga, lives — of a certainty.

बली केन्द्रोपगः सौम्यो निधनेशविवर्जितः। अरिष्टयोगनाशाय प्रश्ने वा जननेऽपि वा

balī kendropagaḥ saumyo nidhaneśavivarjitaḥ| ariṣṭayoganāśāya praśne vā janane'pi vā

A strong benefic (saumya) placed in a kendra and free of the lord of the eighth (nidhaneśa) makes for the destruction of the ariṣṭa-yoga — in a praśna ⟨the query⟩ or at a birth alike.

क्षेत्रे ग्रहस्तनौ वाऽपि सुखभे दशमेऽपि वा। नार्कयुक्तो बली यस्य योगारिष्टं विनश्यति

kṣetre grahastanau vā'pi sukhabhe daśame'pi vā| nārkayukto balī yasya yogāriṣṭaṃ vinaśyati

A strong graha not joined with the Sun (arka), standing in ⟨its own⟩ kṣetra ⟨sign⟩, or in the 1st (tanu), or in the 4th (sukha), or in the 10th — for the man who has it, the ariṣṭa of the yoga perishes.

अनेकारिष्टयोगेषु बालो जीवति यत्नतः। जातस्य चन्द्रलग्ने तु सर्वग्रहनिरीक्षिते

anekāriṣṭayogeṣu bālo jīvati yatnataḥ| jātasya candralagne tu sarvagrahanirīkṣite

Under many ariṣṭa-yogas the child lives only by effort. But when the native's candra-lagna ⟨the sign the Moon occupies⟩ is aspected by all the grahas —

नश्यन्त्यरिष्टयोगा हि तमिस्रमिव भानुना।

naśyantyariṣṭayogā hi tamisramiva bhānunā|

— then the ariṣṭa-yogas perish, as darkness ⟨perishes⟩ by the sun.

उक्तं बालारिष्टं योगारिष्टं प्रयत्नतो वक्ष्ये। योगारिष्टदशायामुभयोस्तुल्यं यदा रिष्टम्

uktaṃ bālāriṣṭaṃ yogāriṣṭaṃ prayatnato vakṣye| yogāriṣṭadaśāyāmubhayostulyaṃ yadā riṣṭam

Bālāriṣṭa ⟨the affliction of infancy⟩ has been declared; with effort I shall now declare yogāriṣṭa ⟨affliction arising from a combination⟩. When the affliction of the two is equal, ⟨death falls⟩ in the daśā of the yogāriṣṭa.

होरेश्वरेऽर्कसंस्थे जन्मेशे वाऽपि सौम्यदृग्हीने। केन्द्रगतैः पापैः स्याद्विंशत्यब्दे मृतिर्नूनम्

horeśvare'rkasaṃsthe janmeśe vā'pi saumyadṛghīne| kendragataiḥ pāpaiḥ syādviṃśatyabde mṛtirnūnam

When the lord of the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ is placed with the Sun, or else the lord of the birth-sign is so placed, and is bereft of benefic aspect, and malefics occupy the kendras — death comes in the twentieth year, surely.

भौमे लग्नं याते रविमन्दौ केन्द्रगौ बलोद्रिक्तौ। आविंशतेर्मृतिः स्याद्भङ्गो वा रोगयुक्तो वा

bhaume lagnaṃ yāte ravimandau kendragau balodriktau| āviṃśatermṛtiḥ syādbhaṅgo vā rogayukto vā

Mars having gone to the lagna, and the Sun and Saturn in kendras and abounding in strength — death before the twentieth ⟨year⟩, or a breaking ⟨of the body⟩, or he is beset with disease.

कुजरवियुक्ते लग्ने चरराशौ मध्यसंस्थिते जीवे। सुतधर्मगते चन्द्रे जातस्याविंशतेर्मृतिर्भवति

kujaraviyukte lagne cararāśau madhyasaṃsthite jīve| sutadharmagate candre jātasyāviṃśatermṛtirbhavati

When the lagna, joined with Mars and the Sun, is in a movable sign, and Jupiter is placed at the midheaven ⟨the 10th⟩, and the Moon has gone to the 5th or the 9th — the native's death occurs before the twentieth year.

नीचांशगतश्चन्द्रोऽप्यष्टमसंस्थः क्षयी च मरणकरः। सौरिकुजाभ्यां दृष्टस्तस्यायुः पञ्चविंशतिः परमम्

nīcāṃśagataścandro'pyaṣṭamasaṃsthaḥ kṣayī ca maraṇakaraḥ| saurikujābhyāṃ dṛṣṭastasyāyuḥ pañcaviṃśatiḥ paramam

The Moon gone to a debilitation aṃśa, placed also in the 8th, and waning, is a maker of death; aspected by Saturn and Mars, his life-span is twenty-five at the utmost.

चन्द्राष्टमगैः पापैः सौम्यैरापोक्लिबस्थितैर्विबलैः। चन्द्रे निधनारिगते तस्यायुः पञ्चविंशतिः परमम्

candrāṣṭamagaiḥ pāpaiḥ saumyairāpoklibasthitairvibalaiḥ| candre nidhanārigate tasyāyuḥ pañcaviṃśatiḥ paramam

With malefics gone to the 8th from the Moon, and the benefics standing in the āpoklima houses ⟨3rd, 6th, 9th, 12th⟩ and weak, and the Moon gone to the 8th or the 6th — his life-span is twenty-five at the utmost.

लग्नेन्द्वोर्निधनपती केन्द्रगतावष्टमे ग्रहः कश्चित्। लग्नहिमांशू विबलौ जातस्यायुः परन्त्रिंशत्

lagnendvornidhanapatī kendragatāvaṣṭame grahaḥ kaścit| lagnahimāṃśū vibalau jātasyāyuḥ parantriṃśat

The lords of the 8th from the lagna and from the Moon both gone to kendras; some graha in the 8th; the lagna and the Moon both without strength — the native's life-span is thirty at the utmost.

अर्थव्ययर्क्षसंस्थौ क्रूरौ जीवोरगप्रसंयुक्तौ। सप्ताष्टमयोश्चन्द्रो जातस्यायुः परं त्रिंशत्

arthavyayarkṣasaṃsthau krūrau jīvoragaprasaṃyuktau| saptāṣṭamayoścandro jātasyāyuḥ paraṃ triṃśat

Two malefics placed in the signs of the 2nd and the 12th and closely joined with Jupiter and the Serpent ⟨Rāhu⟩; the Moon in the 7th or the 8th — the native's life-span is thirty at the utmost.

अर्कस्यास्तमयस्थः क्रूरो जीवोरगप्रसंयुक्तः। षष्ठाष्टमगश्चन्द्रो जातस्यायुः परं त्रिंशत्

arkasyāstamayasthaḥ krūro jīvoragaprasaṃyuktaḥ| ṣaṣṭhāṣṭamagaścandro jātasyāyuḥ paraṃ triṃśat

A malefic placed in the setting place ⟨the 7th⟩ from the Sun and closely joined with Jupiter and the Serpent ⟨Rāhu⟩; the Moon gone to the 6th or the 8th — the native's life-span is thirty at the utmost.

गुरुणा युक्तः शुक्रो लग्नगतः पञ्चमे कुजार्कियुते। बलरहितश्चेच्चन्द्रो योगे जातोऽल्पजीविनो नियतम्

guruṇā yuktaḥ śukro lagnagataḥ pañcame kujārkiyute| balarahitaśceccandro yoge jāto'lpajīvino niyatam

Venus joined with Jupiter and placed in the lagna, Mars and Saturn joined in the 5th, and the Moon, if it be devoid of strength — one born in this combination is certainly short-lived.

अष्टाविंशतिवर्षे मरणं चन्द्रार्कराहवः सहिताः। कुर्वन्ति तदा जन्तोर्जीवे व्ययगे तथा नियतम्

aṣṭāviṃśativarṣe maraṇaṃ candrārkarāhavaḥ sahitāḥ| kurvanti tadā jantorjīve vyayage tathā niyatam

The Moon, the Sun and Rāhu conjoined bring about the creature's death in the twenty-eighth year; and it is equally certain so when Jupiter is in the 12th.

लग्नाष्टमपतिचन्द्रौ केन्द्रगतावष्टमे ग्रहः कश्चित्। द्वाविंशे मरणं स्यान्न शुभैर्युक्तेक्षिते केन्द्रे

lagnāṣṭamapaticandrau kendragatāvaṣṭame grahaḥ kaścit| dvāviṃśe maraṇaṃ syānna śubhairyuktekṣite kendre

The lord of the 8th from the lagna and the Moon, both gone to kendras, and some graha in the 8th — death would be in the twenty-second ⟨year⟩; not so when the kendra is joined with or aspected by benefics.

क्षीणश्चन्द्रः स्वर्क्षे निधनेशे केन्द्रगेऽष्टमे पापे। लग्नेशे बलहीने जातस्यायुः परं त्रिंशत्

kṣīṇaścandraḥ svarkṣe nidhaneśe kendrage'ṣṭame pāpe| lagneśe balahīne jātasyāyuḥ paraṃ triṃśat

The waned Moon in its own sign, the lord of the 8th gone to a kendra, a malefic in the 8th, and the lord of the lagna destitute of strength — the native's life-span is thirty at the utmost.

होरानिधनाधिपयोः स्फुटयोगः केन्द्रमृत्युराशिस्थः। तत्र समेतः पापो निधनं स्यात्सप्तविंशवर्षे तु

horānidhanādhipayoḥ sphuṭayogaḥ kendramṛtyurāśisthaḥ| tatra sametaḥ pāpo nidhanaṃ syātsaptaviṃśavarṣe tu

The sphuṭa-sum of the lord of the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ and the lord of the 8th falling in a kendra or in the sign of death ⟨the 8th⟩, and a malefic come together with it there — death would be in the twenty-seventh year.

रन्ध्रेश्वरे कोणगते विलग्ननाथेऽष्टमस्थेऽशुभयुक्तदृष्टे। जातश्चतुर्विंशतिवर्षजीवी शुभेक्षितौ तावपि मृत्युरेव

randhreśvare koṇagate vilagnanāthe'ṣṭamasthe'śubhayuktadṛṣṭe| jātaścaturviṃśativarṣajīvī śubhekṣitau tāvapi mṛtyureva

The lord of the 8th gone to a trikoṇa, and the lord of the ascendant placed in the 8th and joined with or aspected by inauspicious ⟨grahas⟩ — the one born lives twenty-four years; and even if those two are aspected by benefics, it is death all the same.

पापोदये सुरगुरौ शनिदृष्टे राहुणा समेते वा। यः कश्चिन्निधनगतो मरणं जनयेद्द्विनेत्रसङ्ख्याब्दैः

pāpodaye suragurau śanidṛṣṭe rāhuṇā samete vā| yaḥ kaścinnidhanagato maraṇaṃ janayeddvinetrasaṅkhyābdaiḥ

A malefic rising ⟨in the lagna⟩, and the guru of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩ aspected by Saturn or come together with Rāhu — then whatever graha has gone to the 8th produces death in years numbering two-eyes ⟨twenty-two⟩.

होरेशे लग्नगते सक्रूरौ चन्द्रभास्करौ हिबुके। निधनेशे केन्द्रगते जातस्यायुः परं त्रिंशत्

horeśe lagnagate sakrūrau candrabhāskarau hibuke| nidhaneśe kendragate jātasyāyuḥ paraṃ triṃśat

The lord of the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ gone to the lagna; the Moon and the Sun, together with a malefic, in the hibuka ⟨the 4th⟩; the lord of the 8th gone to a kendra — the native's life-span is thirty at the utmost.

अष्टमाधिपतौ केन्द्रे लग्नेशे बलवर्जिते। त्रिंशद्वर्षाण्यसौ जीवेद्द्वात्रिंशन्मितमेव वा

aṣṭamādhipatau kendre lagneśe balavarjite| triṃśadvarṣāṇyasau jīveddvātriṃśanmitameva vā

The lord of the 8th in a kendra and the lord of the lagna forsaken of strength — he lives thirty years, or a measure of thirty-two at that.

आपोक्लिबस्थिते चन्द्रे लग्नेशे तत्र संस्थिते। पापेक्षिते बलैर्हीने जीवेद्दशचतुर्गुणान्

āpoklibasthite candre lagneśe tatra saṃsthite| pāpekṣite balairhīne jīveddaśacaturguṇān

The Moon standing in an āpoklima house and the lord of the lagna placed there too, aspected by malefics and lacking in strengths — he lives ten multiplied by four ⟨forty years⟩.

गुरुशुक्रौ च केन्द्रस्थौ लग्नेशः पापसंयुतः। आपोक्लिमस्थः सन्ध्यायां जातस्यायू रवित्रयम्

guruśukrau ca kendrasthau lagneśaḥ pāpasaṃyutaḥ| āpoklimasthaḥ sandhyāyāṃ jātasyāyū ravitrayam

Jupiter and Venus standing in kendras, the lord of the lagna joined with a malefic and standing in an āpoklima house — for one born at twilight the life-span is three suns ⟨thirty-six⟩.

पापमध्यगते सूर्ये लग्नस्थे शत्रुवेश्मनि। जातः स्याद्रोगपीडार्त्तः परमायू रवित्रयम्

pāpamadhyagate sūrye lagnasthe śatruveśmani| jātaḥ syādrogapīḍārttaḥ paramāyū ravitrayam

The Sun gone into the middle of malefics, placed in the lagna in an enemy's house ⟨an inimical sign⟩ — the one born is tormented by the pain of disease, and his maximum life-span is three suns ⟨thirty-six⟩.

रवीन्दू लग्नगौ यस्य केन्द्राष्टमविवर्जितैः। सौम्यैर्गुलिकवेलायां जातस्यायू रवित्रयम्

ravīndū lagnagau yasya kendrāṣṭamavivarjitaiḥ| saumyairgulikavelāyāṃ jātasyāyū ravitrayam

He whose Sun and Moon are gone to the lagna, with the benefics shut out of the kendras and the 8th — for one born in the hour of Gulika the life-span is three suns ⟨thirty-six⟩.

अष्टमनाथे लग्ने स्थिरराशौ जायते नरो यस्तु। चत्वारिंशद्वर्षे मरणं रन्ध्रे शुभेन संयुक्ते

aṣṭamanāthe lagne sthirarāśau jāyate naro yastu| catvāriṃśadvarṣe maraṇaṃ randhre śubhena saṃyukte

The lord of the 8th in the lagna, that lagna being a fixed sign — the man who is born ⟨then⟩ meets death in the fortieth year, ⟨even⟩ when the 8th is joined with a benefic.

लग्नेशे निधनांशस्थे लग्नांशे निधनेश्वरे। पापयुक्ते तदा जातः पञ्चाशद्वर्षजीवितः

lagneśe nidhanāṃśasthe lagnāṃśe nidhaneśvare| pāpayukte tadā jātaḥ pañcāśadvarṣajīvitaḥ

The lord of the lagna placed in the aṃśa of the 8th, and the lord of the 8th in the aṃśa of the lagna, joined with a malefic — then the one born has a life of fifty years.

ग्रहैर्विरहिते केन्द्रे लग्नेशः पापवर्जितः। षष्टिवर्षात्परं नायुः पापैः पञ्चमसंस्थितैः

grahairvirahite kendre lagneśaḥ pāpavarjitaḥ| ṣaṣṭivarṣātparaṃ nāyuḥ pāpaiḥ pañcamasaṃsthitaiḥ

The kendras bereft of grahas, the lord of the lagna free of malefics, and malefics standing in the 5th — the life-span is not beyond sixty years.

लग्नेशे व्ययसंयुक्ते क्षीणे पापयुतेऽपि वा। षष्टिवर्षात्परं नायुर्न च लग्ने बृहस्पतिः

lagneśe vyayasaṃyukte kṣīṇe pāpayute'pi vā| ṣaṣṭivarṣātparaṃ nāyurna ca lagne bṛhaspatiḥ

The lord of the lagna joined with the 12th, waned, or else joined with malefics, and Jupiter not in the lagna — the life-span is not beyond sixty years.

अष्टमाधिपतौ केन्द्रे भौमे लग्नं समाश्रिते। अर्कार्कजौ त्रिषष्ठस्थौ जीवेद्रुद्रचतुष्टयम्

aṣṭamādhipatau kendre bhaume lagnaṃ samāśrite| arkārkajau triṣaṣṭhasthau jīvedrudracatuṣṭayam

The lord of the 8th in a kendra, Mars having taken up the lagna, and the Sun and Saturn standing in the 3rd and the 6th — he lives four rudras ⟨forty-four years⟩.

वर्गोत्तमांशगे चन्द्रे लग्नस्थे पापवीक्षिते। सौम्यैर्बलविहीनैश्च द्वादशाब्दांश्चतुर्गुणान्

vargottamāṃśage candre lagnasthe pāpavīkṣite| saumyairbalavihīnaiśca dvādaśābdāṃścaturguṇān

The Moon gone to a vargottama aṃśa and placed in the lagna, aspected by malefics, and the benefics devoid of strength — ⟨he lives⟩ twelve years taken fourfold ⟨forty-eight⟩.

सौम्यैः पापांशकर्क्षस्थैः पापैः केन्द्रगतैस्तथा। मध्यमायुरयं योगः सौम्यैः केन्द्रविवर्जितैः

saumyaiḥ pāpāṃśakarkṣasthaiḥ pāpaiḥ kendragataistathā| madhyamāyurayaṃ yogaḥ saumyaiḥ kendravivarjitaiḥ

With the benefics standing in the aṃśas and the signs of malefics, and the malefics likewise gone to the kendras, and the benefics shut out of the kendras — this combination ⟨gives⟩ a middling life-span.

उदयगते द्विशरीरे मन्दे चन्द्रेऽष्टमे व्यये वाऽपि। जातस्तत्र मनुष्यो जीवति वर्षं द्विपञ्चाशम्

udayagate dviśarīre mande candre'ṣṭame vyaye vā'pi| jātastatra manuṣyo jīvati varṣaṃ dvipañcāśam

A two-bodied ⟨dual⟩ sign having come to the rising point, and Saturn and the Moon in the 8th, or else in the 12th — the man born then lives fifty-two years.

अलिकर्कियुते लग्ने सूर्ये पापान्विते शशी धनगः। गुरुरहिते केन्द्रे स्याच्छतार्धवर्षं च तस्यायुः

alikarkiyute lagne sūrye pāpānvite śaśī dhanagaḥ| gururahite kendre syācchatārdhavarṣaṃ ca tasyāyuḥ

When the lagna is Scorpio or Cancer, the Sun joined by malefics, the Moon in the 2nd (dhana), and the kendras devoid of Jupiter — his life-span will be half a hundred years ⟨fifty⟩.

चतुरश्रगताः पापा लग्नात्कुर्वन्ति मध्यमायुर्हि। चन्द्रात्तथैव पापाः सौम्यैरनवेक्षिता न संयुक्ताः

caturaśragatāḥ pāpā lagnātkurvanti madhyamāyurhi| candrāttathaiva pāpāḥ saumyairanavekṣitā na saṃyuktāḥ

Malefics gone to the caturaśra ⟨the 4th and the 8th⟩ from the lagna make a middling life-span; and from the Moon likewise, ⟨when⟩ those malefics are neither aspected by benefics nor joined with them.

सुखदशमे पापाश्चेन्निधने पापान्विते व्यये चन्द्रे। गुरुशुक्रावेकगतौ जातस्तत्रैव मध्यमायुः स्यात्

sukhadaśame pāpāścennidhane pāpānvite vyaye candre| guruśukrāvekagatau jātastatraiva madhyamāyuḥ syāt

If malefics are in the 4th (sukha) and the 10th, the 8th (nidhana) is joined by malefics, the Moon is in the 12th (vyaya), and Jupiter and Venus are together in one place — one born just then has a middling life-span.

शन्यंशे लग्नेशे निधनेश्वरसंयुते निशानाथे। षष्ठेऽष्टमव्यये वा जातस्य परमायुरष्टपञ्चाशत्

śanyaṃśe lagneśe nidhaneśvarasaṃyute niśānāthe| ṣaṣṭhe'ṣṭamavyaye vā jātasya paramāyuraṣṭapañcāśat

The lord of the lagna in Saturn's aṃśa ⟨navāṃśa⟩, the Moon joined with the lord of the 8th (nidhana) and in the 6th, or in the 8th or the 12th — the maximum life-span of one born ⟨then⟩ is fifty-eight.

षष्ठाष्टमव्ययगतैर्ग्रहैः समस्तैर्नृपालयोगः स्यात्। अस्मिन्योगे जन्तोः परमायुश्चाष्टपञ्चाशत्

ṣaṣṭhāṣṭamavyayagatairgrahaiḥ samastairnṛpālayogaḥ syāt| asminyoge jantoḥ paramāyuścāṣṭapañcāśat

When all the grahas together are placed in the 6th, the 8th and the 12th (vyaya), the nṛpāla-yoga ⟨the king-yoga⟩ arises. In this yoga the creature's maximum life-span is fifty-eight.

लग्नाधीशान्मृत्युषष्ठव्ययस्थाः पापाः सन्तो नैधनं वर्जयित्वा। अस्मिन् योगे जायते यो मनुष्यस्तस्यायुः स्यात् षष्टिवर्षं प्रसिद्धम्

lagnādhīśānmṛtyuṣaṣṭhavyayasthāḥ pāpāḥ santo naidhanaṃ varjayitvā| asmin yoge jāyate yo manuṣyastasyāyuḥ syāt ṣaṣṭivarṣaṃ prasiddham

Malefics standing in the 8th (mṛtyu), the 6th and the 12th from the lord of the lagna, leaving out the ⟨lord of the⟩ 8th (naidhana) — the man who is born in this yoga has, it is well known, a life of sixty years.

होराजन्माधिपती ह्यस्तगतौ मृत्युराशिसंयुक्तौ। लग्नचतुष्टयरहिते देवगुरौ पञ्चषष्टिवर्षाणि

horājanmādhipatī hyastagatau mṛtyurāśisaṃyuktau| lagnacatuṣṭayarahite devagurau pañcaṣaṣṭivarṣāṇi

The lords of the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ and of the janma ⟨the birth Moon-sign⟩ being in the 7th (asta) and joined with the death-rāśi ⟨the 8th⟩, and the guru of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩ absent from the four kendras of the lagna — sixty-five years.

अर्ककुजमन्दयुक्ते लग्ने बलवर्जिते सुराचार्ये। चन्द्रे व्ययात्मजे वा सप्ततिवर्षं तु जीवितं विद्यात्

arkakujamandayukte lagne balavarjite surācārye| candre vyayātmaje vā saptativarṣaṃ tu jīvitaṃ vidyāt

The lagna joined by the Sun, Mars and Saturn, the preceptor of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩ bereft of strength, and the Moon in the 12th (vyaya) or the 5th (ātmaja) — know the life to be seventy years.

चतुराद्यैर्ग्रहैर्युक्ता लग्नद्वित्रिसुखा यदि। चिरायुस्तत्र जातश्च ज्ञानवानर्थवान् भवेत्

caturādyairgrahairyuktā lagnadvitrisukhā yadi| cirāyustatra jātaśca jñānavānarthavān bhavet

If the lagna, the 2nd, the 3rd and the 4th (sukha) are joined by four or more grahas, one born then is long-lived, and becomes possessed of knowledge and of wealth.

पञ्चमादिषु तैर्योगे षष्टिवर्षं स जीवति। नवमादिषु तैः सर्वैरल्पायुस्तत्र जातकः

pañcamādiṣu tairyoge ṣaṣṭivarṣaṃ sa jīvati| navamādiṣu taiḥ sarvairalpāyustatra jātakaḥ

With their combination in the 5th and the houses following, he lives sixty years; with all of them in the 9th and the houses following, the native born there is short-lived.

क्रूरर्क्षस्थैः क्रूरैः सौम्यैः केन्द्राश्रितैरशीत्यब्दम्। जीवति तत्रोद्भूतो मिश्रैर्वा षष्टिवर्षं च

krūrarkṣasthaiḥ krūraiḥ saumyaiḥ kendrāśritairaśītyabdam| jīvati tatrodbhūto miśrairvā ṣaṣṭivarṣaṃ ca

With the malefics standing in malefic signs and the benefics resorting to the kendras, one arisen there lives eighty years; or, with them mixed, sixty years.

गुरुचन्द्रौ हिबुकस्थौ लग्नेशे लाभगे बलाढ्ये स्यात्। सौम्ये दशमं याते त्वशीतिवर्षं च परमायुः

gurucandrau hibukasthau lagneśe lābhage balāḍhye syāt| saumye daśamaṃ yāte tvaśītivarṣaṃ ca paramāyuḥ

Jupiter and the Moon standing in the 4th (hibuka), the lord of the lagna in the 11th (lābha) and rich in strength, and Mercury (saumya) gone to the 10th — the maximum life-span is eighty years.

जीवांशकस्था रविभौममन्दाः केन्द्रं गता लग्नगते सुरेड्ये। रन्ध्रं विनान्यत्र गतास्तु शेषाः पञ्चान्विताशीतिमुशन्ति तस्य

jīvāṃśakasthā ravibhaumamandāḥ kendraṃ gatā lagnagate sureḍye| randhraṃ vinānyatra gatāstu śeṣāḥ pañcānvitāśītimuśanti tasya

The Sun, Mars and Saturn standing in Jupiter's navāṃśa and gone to a kendra, Jupiter (sureḍya) in the lagna, and the remaining ⟨grahas⟩ placed anywhere but the 8th (randhra) — they declare his life-span eighty joined with five ⟨eighty-five⟩.

क्रूरर्क्षस्थैः क्रूरैः सौम्यक्षेत्रेषु संस्थितैः सौम्यैः। होरेशे च बलाढ्ये जातः परमायुराप्नोति

krūrarkṣasthaiḥ krūraiḥ saumyakṣetreṣu saṃsthitaiḥ saumyaiḥ| horeśe ca balāḍhye jātaḥ paramāyurāpnoti

With malefics standing in malefic signs and benefics stationed in benefic fields, and the lord of the horā ⟨the lagna⟩ rich in strength, one born ⟨then⟩ obtains the maximum life-span.

यदि नैधनगो भौमस्त्वर्को होरागतोऽपि वा प्रसवे। केन्द्रे चेत्सुरपूज्ये प्राणिति जातोऽत्र वर्षशतम्

yadi naidhanago bhaumastvarko horāgato'pi vā prasave| kendre cetsurapūjye prāṇiti jāto'tra varṣaśatam

If Mars is in the 8th (naidhana), or else the Sun is in the horā ⟨the lagna⟩ at the birth, and if the one honoured by the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩ is in a kendra, one born here lives a hundred years.

केन्द्रत्रिकोणनिधनेषु न यस्य पापा लग्नाधिपः सुरगुरुश्च चतुष्टयस्थौ। भुक्त्वा सुखानि विविधानि च (सु) पुण्यकर्मा जीवेच्च वत्सरशतं स विमुक्तरोगः

kendratrikoṇanidhaneṣu na yasya pāpā lagnādhipaḥ suraguruśca catuṣṭayasthau| bhuktvā sukhāni vividhāni ca (su) puṇyakarmā jīvecca vatsaraśataṃ sa vimuktarogaḥ

He in whose ⟨chart⟩ there are no malefics in the kendras, the trikoṇas and the 8th (nidhana), and the lord of the lagna and the guru of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩ are in the catuṣṭaya ⟨the kendras⟩ — having enjoyed comforts of many kinds, a doer of ⟨very⟩ meritorious deeds, he lives a hundred years, released from disease.

चरांशकस्था रविभौममन्दाः स्थिरांशकस्थौ भृगुदेवपूज्यौ। शेषास्तु युग्मांशमुपागताश्चेद्दीर्घायुरत्रावनिपालकोऽपि

carāṃśakasthā ravibhaumamandāḥ sthirāṃśakasthau bhṛgudevapūjyau| śeṣāstu yugmāṃśamupāgatāśceddīrghāyuratrāvanipālako'pi

The Sun, Mars and Saturn standing in movable navāṃśas, Venus (bhṛgu) and the one honoured by the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩ standing in fixed navāṃśas, and the rest, if they have reached dual navāṃśas — one born here is long-lived, and a ruler of the earth besides.

ओजांशकस्थितशुभाः सुखधर्मसंस्थाः पापास्तु युग्मभवनांशकलग्नसंस्थाः। चन्द्रो विलग्नभवने यदि पूर्णरश्मिर्जातोऽत्र याति शतमायुररोगतां च

ojāṃśakasthitaśubhāḥ sukhadharmasaṃsthāḥ pāpāstu yugmabhavanāṃśakalagnasaṃsthāḥ| candro vilagnabhavane yadi pūrṇaraśmirjāto'tra yāti śatamāyurarogatāṃ ca

Benefics standing in odd (oja) navāṃśas and situated in the 4th (sukha) and the 9th (dharma); malefics situated in the navāṃśas of even signs and in the lagna; and the Moon in the lagna's own house with its rays full — one born here goes to a hundred years of life, and to freedom from disease.

लग्नाधिपोऽतिबलवानशुभैरदृष्टः केन्द्रस्थितः शुभखगैरवलोक्यमानः। मृत्युं विधूय विदधाति सुदीर्घमायुः सार्धं गुणैर्बहुभिरूर्जितराजलक्ष्म्या

lagnādhipo'tibalavānaśubhairadṛṣṭaḥ kendrasthitaḥ śubhakhagairavalokyamānaḥ| mṛtyuṃ vidhūya vidadhāti sudīrghamāyuḥ sārdhaṃ guṇairbahubhirūrjitarājalakṣmyā

The lord of the lagna, exceedingly strong, unaspected by the inauspicious ⟨grahas⟩, standing in a kendra and being looked upon by benefic grahas, shakes off death and confers a very long life, together with many virtues and with a vigorous royal fortune.

लग्नेश्वरादतिबली निधनेश्वरोऽसौ केन्द्रस्थितो निधनरिःफगतैश्च पापैः। तस्यायुरल्पमथवा यदि मध्यमायुरुत्साहसङ्कटवशात्परमायुरेति

lagneśvarādatibalī nidhaneśvaro'sau kendrasthito nidhanariḥphagataiśca pāpaiḥ| tasyāyuralpamathavā yadi madhyamāyurutsāhasaṅkaṭavaśātparamāyureti

That lord of the 8th (nidhana) being stronger than the lord of the lagna, standing in a kendra, and with malefics gone to the 8th and the 12th (riḥpha) — his life-span is short; or, if it is a middling life-span, then by force of exertion and of straits he reaches the maximum span.

एकांशकस्था बुधजीवशुक्रास्त्वेकर्क्षगा लग्नमुपागताश्च। धर्मे शनौ जन्मनि यस्य जन्तो रसायनाद्यैर्युगमायुरेति

ekāṃśakasthā budhajīvaśukrāstvekarkṣagā lagnamupāgatāśca| dharme śanau janmani yasya janto rasāyanādyairyugamāyureti

Mercury, Jupiter and Venus standing in one and the same navāṃśa, gone to one and the same rāśi, and come to the lagna; and Saturn in the 9th (dharma) at the birth — that creature attains, by elixirs (rasāyana) and the like, a life-span of a yuga.

एकांशकस्था बुधजीवमन्दा धर्मे स्थिता लग्नमुपागताश्च। षष्ठेऽष्टमे वा हिबुके च यस्य सहस्रवर्षद्वयमत्र जातः

ekāṃśakasthā budhajīvamandā dharme sthitā lagnamupāgatāśca| ṣaṣṭhe'ṣṭame vā hibuke ca yasya sahasravarṣadvayamatra jātaḥ

Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn standing in one and the same navāṃśa, situated in the 9th (dharma), or come to the lagna, or in the 6th, the 8th, or the 4th (hibuka) — one born here ⟨lives⟩ two thousand years.

जीवांशकस्था सकला ग्रहेन्द्राः केन्द्राश्रिता धर्मधनाश्रिता वा। जातो नरः प्रव्रजितोऽथ बाल्ये युगान्तमायुर्बहुशास्त्रकर्ता

jīvāṃśakasthā sakalā grahendrāḥ kendrāśritā dharmadhanāśritā vā| jāto naraḥ pravrajito'tha bālye yugāntamāyurbahuśāstrakartā

All the chief grahas standing in Jupiter's navāṃśa, resorting to the kendras, or resorting to the 9th (dharma) and the 2nd (dhana) — the man born ⟨then⟩ goes forth as an ascetic while still a child, has a life-span to the end of the yuga, and is the author of many śāstras.

मन्दांशकस्था रविभौमजीवाः केन्द्राश्रिता धर्मयुता बलाढ्याः। क्षेत्रावसाने हिमगौ विलग्ने युगान्तमायुः श्रियमभ्युपैति

mandāṃśakasthā ravibhaumajīvāḥ kendrāśritā dharmayutā balāḍhyāḥ| kṣetrāvasāne himagau vilagne yugāntamāyuḥ śriyamabhyupaiti

The Sun, Mars and Jupiter standing in Saturn's navāṃśa, resorting to the kendras, joined with the 9th (dharma), and rich in strength; the Moon at the end of a sign in the lagna — ⟨he⟩ attains a life-span to the end of the yuga, and prosperity.

धर्मेश्वरे धर्मगते च यस्य भौमेन दृष्टे हिमगौ कुजांशे। मुनीश्वरोऽयं मुनियोगजातः शास्त्रादिकर्ता युगमायुरेति

dharmeśvare dharmagate ca yasya bhaumena dṛṣṭe himagau kujāṃśe| munīśvaro'yaṃ muniyogajātaḥ śāstrādikartā yugamāyureti

He in whose ⟨chart⟩ the lord of the 9th (dharma) is in the 9th, and the Moon, aspected by Mars, is in Mars's navāṃśa (kujāṃśa) — this man, born in the muni-yoga, is a lord among munis, an author of śāstras and the like, and attains a life-span of a yuga.

अक्षीणचन्द्रे सुहृदुच्चभांशे लाभाश्रिते लग्नमुपागते वा। धर्मस्थिते सूर्यसुते बलाढ्ये जातोऽत्र दीर्घायुरसङ्ख्यवर्षः

akṣīṇacandre suhṛduccabhāṃśe lābhāśrite lagnamupāgate vā| dharmasthite sūryasute balāḍhye jāto'tra dīrghāyurasaṅkhyavarṣaḥ

The undiminished Moon in the navāṃśa of a friendly or exalted sign, resorting to the 11th (lābha) or else come to the lagna; and the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩ situated in the 9th (dharma) and rich in strength — one born here is long-lived, of years beyond counting.

गुरुमन्दावेकस्थावेकांशगतौ स्वधर्मकर्मस्थौ। अर्कोदये ससौम्ये जातो मुनिवल्लभोऽत्र दीर्घायुः

gurumandāvekasthāvekāṃśagatau svadharmakarmasthau| arkodaye sasaumye jāto munivallabho'tra dīrghāyuḥ

Jupiter and Saturn standing together, both gone to one and the same aṃśa (ekāṃśa), and placed in their own ⟨signs⟩ in the 9th (dharma) and the 10th (karma); and the Sun rising ⟨in the lagna⟩ together with Mercury (saumya) — one born here is dear to the munis, and long-lived.

अतिदीर्घायुर्योगे जातो मुनिवज्जितेन्द्रियो भूत्वा। दिव्यौषधप्रयोगाद्बिलं प्रविष्टः करोति मन्त्रजपान्

atidīrghāyuryoge jāto munivajjitendriyo bhūtvā| divyauṣadhaprayogādbilaṃ praviṣṭaḥ karoti mantrajapān

One born in a yoga of exceedingly long life, having become master of his senses like a muni, by the employment of divine herbs enters a cave and performs recitations of mantras.

इत्यादियोगा यवनोपदिष्टा मयेरिताः प्राक्तनकर्मयोगात्। सर्वान् विनिश्चित्य दशान्तराले छिद्रेषु योगोक्तफलं नियोज्यम्

ityādiyogā yavanopadiṣṭā mayeritāḥ prāktanakarmayogāt| sarvān viniścitya daśāntarāle chidreṣu yogoktaphalaṃ niyojyam

These and the like are the yogas taught by the Yavanas, uttered by me — ⟨their fruit coming⟩ from the conjunction of deeds done before. Having determined them all, the fruit stated for the yoga is to be applied in the intervals between the daśās, at the chidras ⟨the vulnerable points⟩.

अथ तेषां योगानामेकतमस्मिन्नराश्च ये जाताः। तेषां दशानुनयनं स्पष्टं वक्ष्यामि यत्नतश्चाहम्

atha teṣāṃ yogānāmekatamasminnarāśca ye jātāḥ| teṣāṃ daśānunayanaṃ spaṣṭaṃ vakṣyāmi yatnataścāham

Now, ⟨as to⟩ the men who are born under any one of those yogas — of these I too shall declare clearly and with care the derivation of the daśās.

मययवनसिद्धसेनप्रबोधमाण्डव्यविष्णुगुप्ताद्यैः। आयुर्दायविभागो नॄणां सम्यक् पुरातनैः कथितः

mayayavanasiddhasenaprabodhamāṇḍavyaviṣṇuguptādyaiḥ| āyurdāyavibhāgo nṝṇāṃ samyak purātanaiḥ kathitaḥ

By Maya, Yavana, Siddhasena, Prabodha, Māṇḍavya, Viṣṇugupta and the rest — by the ancients — the apportionment of the longevity-allotment (āyurdāya) of men has been rightly declared.

एकोनविंशतिसमा भानोश्चन्द्रस्य पञ्चकृतिरब्दाः। भौमस्य तु तिथिसङ्ख्या बुधस्य षट्कद्वयं विनिर्दिष्टम्

ekonaviṃśatisamā bhānoścandrasya pañcakṛtirabdāḥ| bhaumasya tu tithisaṅkhyā budhasya ṣaṭkadvayaṃ vinirdiṣṭam

Nineteen years for the Sun; for the Moon, five squared ⟨twenty-five⟩ years; for Mars, the number of the tithis ⟨fifteen⟩; and for Mercury twice six ⟨twelve⟩ is laid down.

पञ्चदशाब्दाश्च गुरोः शुक्रस्याप्येकविंशतिः कथिताः। मन्दस्य विंशतिसमाः परमोच्चस्था ग्रहाः प्रयच्छन्ति

pañcadaśābdāśca guroḥ śukrasyāpyekaviṃśatiḥ kathitāḥ| mandasya viṃśatisamāḥ paramoccasthā grahāḥ prayacchanti

And fifteen years are declared for Jupiter, twenty-one for Venus as well, and twenty years for Saturn. ⟨These amounts⟩ the grahas bestow when standing at exact exaltation.

स्वोच्चादर्धं नीचे तदन्तरस्थेऽनुपाततः कल्प्यम्। विधिनैवं खचराणां दशानुनयनं क्रमेण कर्तव्यम्

svoccādardhaṃ nīce tadantarasthe'nupātataḥ kalpyam| vidhinaivaṃ khacarāṇāṃ daśānunayanaṃ krameṇa kartavyam

Half of what ⟨it gives⟩ at its own exaltation ⟨it gives⟩ at debilitation; for one standing in between the two, ⟨the amount⟩ is to be reckoned by proportion. By this rule the derivation of the daśās of the sky-goers ⟨the grahas⟩ is to be carried out in order.

नीचोच्चविवरगगतिं स्वदशापिण्डेन ताडयेद्धीमान्। षष्ट्यादिशेषणीयं वर्षान्तं कल्पयेद्यथान्यायम्

nīcoccavivaragagatiṃ svadaśāpiṇḍena tāḍayeddhīmān| ṣaṣṭyādiśeṣaṇīyaṃ varṣāntaṃ kalpayedyathānyāyam

The wise man should multiply the minutes traversed in the interval between debilitation and exaltation by ⟨the graha's⟩ own daśā-piṇḍa; and dividing by sixty and the rest, he should reckon out the remainder down to years, as is right.

यद्युच्चान्तिकविवरं पिण्डाच्छोध्यं ग्रहस्य तस्यायुः। नीचसमीपाद्विवरं पिण्डार्धयुतं ग्रहस्य तस्यायुः

yadyuccāntikavivaraṃ piṇḍācchodhyaṃ grahasya tasyāyuḥ| nīcasamīpādvivaraṃ piṇḍārdhayutaṃ grahasya tasyāyuḥ

If the interval ⟨is measured⟩ from near the exaltation, it is to be subtracted from the piṇḍa: that is that graha's longevity. ⟨If measured⟩ from near the debilitation, the interval joined with half the piṇḍa is that graha's longevity.

मूढारिदृश्यहरणं युद्धासुरसन्निकर्षहरणं च। हरणानि ज्ञात्वैवं गुरूपदेशेन कर्तव्यम्

mūḍhāridṛśyaharaṇaṃ yuddhāsurasannikarṣaharaṇaṃ ca| haraṇāni jñātvaivaṃ gurūpadeśena kartavyam

The deduction for combustion, for ⟨standing in⟩ an enemy's ⟨sign⟩ and for visibility; and the deduction for planetary war and for nearness to the asura. Knowing the deductions thus, ⟨the reckoning⟩ is to be made by a teacher's instruction.

तस्यैवमंशकदशामेवं कृत्वा व्ययादिहरणं च। पूर्वदशासु समार्धं त्यक्त्वा शेषं ग्रहस्य शुद्धायुः

tasyaivamaṃśakadaśāmevaṃ kṛtvā vyayādiharaṇaṃ ca| pūrvadaśāsu samārdhaṃ tyaktvā śeṣaṃ grahasya śuddhāyuḥ

Having in this way made its aṃśaka-daśā, and ⟨having made⟩ the deduction for ⟨grahas in⟩ the twelfth and the rest, and having dropped half the years in the earlier daśās — the remainder is that graha's purified longevity (śuddhāyus).

एकद्वित्रिचतुर्थपञ्चमरसान् भागान् हरन्ति व्ययाद्वामं यात्सुपदक्रमेण भवने पापेषु सत्सूक्तवत्। अर्धं याति शुभाशुभैस्तु सहिते पापस्य भागं हरेत् त्र्याद्येष्वेकगतेषु वीर्यहरणं कुर्यान्न शेषेषु च

ekadvitricaturthapañcamarasān bhāgān haranti vyayādvāmaṃ yātsupadakrameṇa bhavane pāpeṣu satsūktavat| ardhaṃ yāti śubhāśubhaistu sahite pāpasya bhāgaṃ haret tryādyeṣvekagateṣu vīryaharaṇaṃ kuryānna śeṣeṣu ca

⟨Malefics⟩ take away the parts one, two, three, four, five and six ⟨i.e. the whole, a half, a third, a fourth, a fifth, a sixth⟩, reckoning backwards from the twelfth house by successive steps, when malefics are in ⟨those⟩ houses — as is well said by the good. But when ⟨a house⟩ is occupied by benefics and malefics together it goes to half; ⟨and there⟩ one should deduct the malefic's share. When ⟨grahas⟩ have gone singly into the third and the rest, one should make the deduction of strength, and not in the remaining ⟨cases⟩.

त्र्यंशं रिपोर्भवनगेऽवनिजं च मुक्त्वा चास्तं गतेऽर्धहरणं शनिशुक्रवर्जम्। भङ्गे त्रिकांशमथवा सुरसन्निकर्षे चन्द्रार्कयोः क्षयमुपैति तदर्धकार्धम्

tryaṃśaṃ riporbhavanage'vanijaṃ ca muktvā cāstaṃ gate'rdhaharaṇaṃ śaniśukravarjam| bhaṅge trikāṃśamathavā surasannikarṣe candrārkayoḥ kṣayamupaiti tadardhakārdham

A third ⟨is deducted⟩ for ⟨a graha⟩ standing in an enemy's house, excepting Mars; and for one gone to setting ⟨combust⟩, half is deducted, excepting Saturn and Venus. In ⟨planetary⟩ defeat a third part, or else in nearness to the Sun; for the Moon and the Sun the loss amounts to half of that half.

होरेश्वरांशकसमानि ददाति लग्नं लग्ने शुभे बलयुते चतुरंशयुक्तम्। पापान्वितेऽपि विबले चतुरंशहानिं होरादशा तु विधिना परिकल्पिता स्यात्

horeśvarāṃśakasamāni dadāti lagnaṃ lagne śubhe balayute caturaṃśayuktam| pāpānvite'pi vibale caturaṃśahāniṃ horādaśā tu vidhinā parikalpitā syāt

The ascendant (lagna) gives ⟨years⟩ equal to the aṃśas of the lord of the horā; when the lagna holds a benefic endowed with strength, ⟨that amount⟩ increased by a fourth part; when it holds a malefic and is weak, ⟨that amount⟩ less a fourth part. Thus the horā-daśā is duly reckoned by the rule.

उच्चनीचविधिनायुराप्यते यत्र सम्यगधियोगसम्भवः। सद्गृहत्वमुपगच्छति लग्नं यत्र चास्तभवनं ग्रहयुक्तम्

uccanīcavidhināyurāpyate yatra samyagadhiyogasambhavaḥ| sadgṛhatvamupagacchati lagnaṃ yatra cāstabhavanaṃ grahayuktam

By the ucca-nīca method longevity is obtained where there is properly the arising of an adhiyoga, where the lagna attains the condition of a good house, and where the seventh house (asta-bhavana) is occupied by a graha.

उच्चनीचदशामार्गं सामान्यं सर्वदेहिनाम्। दशासंस्कारभेदेन द्विप्रकारं प्रचक्षते

uccanīcadaśāmārgaṃ sāmānyaṃ sarvadehinām| daśāsaṃskārabhedena dviprakāraṃ pracakṣate

The ucca-nīca daśā-course is common to all embodied beings; by the difference in the refinement (saṃskāra) of the daśā they declare it to be of two kinds.

कुर्याद्दशासु संस्कारमंशकैर्बलवत्तरैः। तयोर्बलाबलेनैव कल्पयेन्मतिमान्नरः

kuryāddaśāsu saṃskāramaṃśakairbalavattaraiḥ| tayorbalābalenaiva kalpayenmatimānnaraḥ

One should make the refinement in the daśās by the stronger aṃśakas; the intelligent man should reckon precisely by the strength and weakness of the two.

राश्यंशकला गुणिता द्वादशनवभिर्ग्रहस्य भगणेभ्यः। द्वादशहृतावशिष्टं वर्षाद्युपलक्षितं यथान्यायम्

rāśyaṃśakalā guṇitā dvādaśanavabhirgrahasya bhagaṇebhyaḥ| dvādaśahṛtāvaśiṣṭaṃ varṣādyupalakṣitaṃ yathānyāyam

The rāśis, degrees and minutes of the graha, multiplied by twelve and by nine, ⟨reckoned⟩ from its revolutions, and divided by twelve — the remainder is to be marked off as years and the rest, as is right.

स्वांशत्रिभागनिजगृहवर्गोत्तमसंस्थिते द्वयं गुणकः। वक्रोच्चयोस्त्रिगुणितं नीचेऽर्धं क्षीयते विशेषेण

svāṃśatribhāganijagṛhavargottamasaṃsthite dvayaṃ guṇakaḥ| vakroccayostriguṇitaṃ nīce'rdhaṃ kṣīyate viśeṣeṇa

When ⟨a graha⟩ is placed in its own aṃśa, in its own third-part ⟨drekkāṇa⟩, in its own house, or in vargottama, two is the multiplier; for the retrograde and the exalted it is multiplied by three; at debilitation half is lost, specially so.

पूर्वोक्तहरणमस्मिन् कुर्याद्भौमस्य शत्रुहरणं च। उदितनवांशकसदृशानब्दानुदयस्य कल्पयेन्मतिमान्

pūrvoktaharaṇamasmin kuryādbhaumasya śatruharaṇaṃ ca| uditanavāṃśakasadṛśānabdānudayasya kalpayenmatimān

In this ⟨method⟩ one should make the deductions stated before, and also the enemy-deduction for Mars. The intelligent man should reckon for the rising ⟨lagna⟩ years equal to the navāṃśas that have risen.

अंशोद्भवं विलग्नात्पैण्डं भानोर्निसर्गजं चन्द्रात्। एतेषां यो बलवांस्तस्यामुं कल्पयेद्दायम्

aṃśodbhavaṃ vilagnātpaiṇḍaṃ bhānornisargajaṃ candrāt| eteṣāṃ yo balavāṃstasyāmuṃ kalpayeddāyam

The aṃśa-born ⟨longevity is reckoned⟩ from the lagna, the piṇḍa-born from the Sun, the naisargika from the Moon. Whichever of these is the strongest, by that one should reckon the allotment.

क्षेत्रोच्चमित्रभागे ग्रहैः समस्तैस्तदांशजनितश्च। अर्केन्दुलग्नरहितैर्ग्रहैस्तदांशोद्भवो दशामार्गः

kṣetroccamitrabhāge grahaiḥ samastaistadāṃśajanitaśca| arkendulagnarahitairgrahaistadāṃśodbhavo daśāmārgaḥ

When ⟨a graha stands⟩ in the portion of its own field, of its exaltation, or of a friend — by all the grahas taken together ⟨arises the daśā⟩ produced from those aṃśas; and by the grahas excluding the Sun, the Moon and the lagna arises the daśā-course born of their aṃśas.

अपरं दशानुनयनं स्वकीयमार्गेण जीवशर्मोक्तम्। तस्मादायुर्दायं वक्ष्ये विषयप्रकारं च

aparaṃ daśānunayanaṃ svakīyamārgeṇa jīvaśarmoktam| tasmādāyurdāyaṃ vakṣye viṣayaprakāraṃ ca

Another derivation of the daśās, by a method of its own, was stated by Jīvaśarman. From that I shall declare the longevity-allotment and the manner of its application.

नीचोच्चविवरगकला विभज्य ननतायरैः समा लब्धाः। रम्य नल नात गुणिता विभज्य तेनैव मासदिननाड्यः

nīcoccavivaragakalā vibhajya nanatāyaraiḥ samā labdhāḥ| ramya nala nāta guṇitā vibhajya tenaiva māsadinanāḍyaḥ

The minutes lying in the interval between debilitation and exaltation, divided by ⟨the number called⟩ nanatāyara, the quotients obtained are the years; multiplied by ramya, nala and nāta ⟨respectively⟩ and divided by that same ⟨number⟩, ⟨they give⟩ the months, days and nāḍīs.

सय(17)यज्ञ(1)रुद्र(22)ज(8)बला(35)च्छोध्यं तुङ्गात्समीपतः पिण्डम्। नीचसमीपात्पिण्डं विवरं यदि तेषु संयोज्यम्

saya(17)yajña(1)rudra(22)ja(8)balā(35)cchodhyaṃ tuṅgātsamīpataḥ piṇḍam| nīcasamīpātpiṇḍaṃ vivaraṃ yadi teṣu saṃyojyam

From ⟨the number⟩ sa-ya (17) yajña (1) rudra (22) ja (8) bala (35), the piṇḍa is to be subtracted when ⟨the graha stands⟩ near the exaltation; ⟨when⟩ near the debilitation, the interval, if ⟨there be one⟩, is to be added to the piṇḍa in those ⟨cases⟩.

हरणं यत्पूर्वोक्तं प्रथमेऽप्यत्रापि कारयेत्प्राज्ञः। मन्दसितमूढहरणं भौमस्य न शत्रुहरणं च

haraṇaṃ yatpūrvoktaṃ prathame'pyatrāpi kārayetprājñaḥ| mandasitamūḍhaharaṇaṃ bhaumasya na śatruharaṇaṃ ca

The deduction that was stated before in the first ⟨method⟩ the wise man should carry out here as well — ⟨but⟩ not the combustion-deduction for Saturn and Venus, nor the enemy-deduction for Mars.

होरायामुदितांशप्रमाणमायुर्ददाति लग्नं च। पापग्रहे तु लग्ने चतुरंशस्त्यज्यतेऽन्यथा तु युतिः

horāyāmuditāṃśapramāṇamāyurdadāti lagnaṃ ca| pāpagrahe tu lagne caturaṃśastyajyate'nyathā tu yutiḥ

And the lagna gives longevity to the measure of the aṃśas risen in the horā; but when a malefic graha is in the lagna a fourth part is dropped, and otherwise there is an addition.

अर्थव्ययर्क्षौ ग्रहसम्प्रयुक्तौ लग्नाद्व्ययार्थौ शशिलग्नराशेः। ग्रहेण युक्तौ यदि जीवशर्ममतं गुरौ मध्यगतेऽम्बुगे वा

arthavyayarkṣau grahasamprayuktau lagnādvyayārthau śaśilagnarāśeḥ| graheṇa yuktau yadi jīvaśarmamataṃ gurau madhyagate'mbuge vā

⟨When⟩ the second and twelfth signs from the lagna are occupied by grahas, and the twelfth and second from the Moon's rising sign are joined with a graha — that is Jīvaśarman's view — ⟨or⟩ with Jupiter gone to the middle ⟨the tenth⟩ or to the watery ⟨the fourth⟩.

सर्वे ग्रहा नीचसमीपसंस्थास्तत्प्रोक्तमार्गे बलवर्जितास्तु। कश्चिद्ग्रहो लग्नगतोऽस्तगो वा तदा स्वरांशेन दशा प्रकल्प्या

sarve grahā nīcasamīpasaṃsthāstatproktamārge balavarjitāstu| kaścidgraho lagnagato'stago vā tadā svarāṃśena daśā prakalpyā

⟨If⟩ all the grahas stand near debilitation and are devoid of strength in the course he has declared, and ⟨if⟩ some graha is in the lagna or set ⟨combust⟩, then the daśā is to be reckoned by the svara (7) part ⟨a seventh⟩.

राशिचक्रं यथामार्गं निक्षिप्येष्टग्रहस्य च। त्रिकोणशोधनं कुर्यादादौ सर्वेषु राशिषु

rāśicakraṃ yathāmārgaṃ nikṣipyeṣṭagrahasya ca| trikoṇaśodhanaṃ kuryādādau sarveṣu rāśiṣu

Having set down the circle of the rāśis in due course, and ⟨having set down⟩ the desired graha, one should first make the trikoṇa-reduction in all the rāśis.

त्रिकोणास्तु कथं प्रोक्ता मेषसिंहहयाः क्रमात्। वृषकन्यामृगास्याश्च तुलाकुम्भयमास्तथा

trikoṇāstu kathaṃ proktā meṣasiṃhahayāḥ kramāt| vṛṣakanyāmṛgāsyāśca tulākumbhayamāstathā

And how are the trikoṇas declared? — Meṣa, Siṃha and Haya ⟨Dhanus⟩ in order; and Vṛṣa, Kanyā and Mṛgāsya ⟨Makara⟩; and likewise Tulā, Kumbha and Yama ⟨Mithuna⟩.

कर्किवृश्चिकमीनास्ते त्रिकोणाः स्युः परस्परम्। त्रिकोणेषु च यन्न्यूनं तत्तुल्यं त्रिषु शोधयेत्

karkivṛścikamīnāste trikoṇāḥ syuḥ parasparam| trikoṇeṣu ca yannyūnaṃ tattulyaṃ triṣu śodhayet

Karka, Vṛścika and Mīna — these are trikoṇas to one another. And whatever is least among the trikoṇas, an amount equal to that is to be subtracted in ⟨all⟩ three.

एकस्मिन् भवने शून्ये तत्त्रिकोण न शोधयेत्। भवनद्वयशून्यत्वे शोधयेदन्यमन्दिरम्

ekasmin bhavane śūnye tattrikoṇa na śodhayet| bhavanadvayaśūnyatve śodhayedanyamandiram

If one ⟨of the three⟩ signs is empty, that trikoṇa is not to be reduced. If two of the signs are empty, one should clear the remaining sign ⟨as well⟩.

समत्वे सर्वगेहेषु सर्वं संशोधयेद्बुधः।

samatve sarvageheṣu sarvaṃ saṃśodhayedbudhaḥ|

When all the signs ⟨of the trine⟩ are equal, the wise man should reduce the whole.

एवं त्रिकोणं संशोध्य पश्चादेकाधिपत्यजम्

evaṃ trikoṇaṃ saṃśodhya paścādekādhipatyajam

Having thus reduced the trikoṇa, afterwards ⟨one should make the reduction⟩ born of single lordship (ekādhipatya).

क्षेत्रद्वये फलानि स्युर्यदि संशोधयेद्बुधः। क्षीणेन सह चान्यस्मिञ्च्छोधयेद्ग्रहवर्जिते

kṣetradvaye phalāni syuryadi saṃśodhayedbudhaḥ| kṣīṇena saha cānyasmiñcchodhayedgrahavarjite

If there are figures in both the fields ⟨owned by one lord⟩, the wise man should make the reduction; and in the other, the one devoid of a graha, he should reduce ⟨it⟩ down together with the lesser.

ग्रहयुक्ते फलैर्हीने ग्रहहीने फलाधिके। ऊनेन सह चान्यस्मिञ्च्छोधयेद्ग्रहवर्जिते

grahayukte phalairhīne grahahīne phalādhike| ūnena saha cānyasmiñcchodhayedgrahavarjite

When the ⟨sign⟩ joined by a graha is deficient in figures and the one devoid of a graha has the greater, one should reduce the other, which is devoid of a graha, down together with the lesser.

फलाधिके ग्रहोपेते चान्यस्मिन् सर्वमुत्सृजेत्। सग्रहाग्रहतुल्यत्वे सर्वं संशोध्यमग्रहात्

phalādhike grahopete cānyasmin sarvamutsṛjet| sagrahāgrahatulyatve sarvaṃ saṃśodhyamagrahāt

When the one with the greater figures is occupied by a graha, in the other one should discard the whole. When the graha-bearing and the graha-less ⟨signs⟩ are equal, the whole is to be reduced from the graha-less one.

उभयोर्ग्रहसंयोगे न संशोध्यं कदाचन। उभाभ्यां ग्रहहीनाभ्यां समत्वे सकलं त्यजेत्

ubhayorgrahasaṃyoge na saṃśodhyaṃ kadācana| ubhābhyāṃ grahahīnābhyāṃ samatve sakalaṃ tyajet

When both are joined with grahas, no reduction whatever is to be made. When both are devoid of grahas and are equal, one should discard the whole ⟨from both⟩.

एकस्मिन् भवने शून्ये न संशोध्यं कदाचन। कुलीरसिंहयो राश्योः पृथक् क्षेत्रफलं स्मृतम्

ekasmin bhavane śūnye na saṃśodhyaṃ kadācana| kulīrasiṃhayo rāśyoḥ pṛthak kṣetraphalaṃ smṛtam

When one of the two signs is empty, no reduction whatever is to be made. For the two signs Cancer (kulīra) and Leo the field-figure is declared ⟨to stand⟩ separately.

शोध्यावशिष्टं संस्थाप्य राशिमानेन वर्धयेत्। ग्रहयुक्ते तु तद्राशौ ग्रहमानेन वर्धयेत्

śodhyāvaśiṣṭaṃ saṃsthāpya rāśimānena vardhayet| grahayukte tu tadrāśau grahamānena vardhayet

Having set down what is left after the reduction, one should multiply it by the measure of the sign; but when that sign is joined by a graha, one should ⟨further⟩ multiply by the measure of the graha.

गोसिंहौ दशगुणितौ वसुभिर्मिथुनालिनौ। वणिङ्मेषौ च मुनिभिः कन्यकामकरौ शरैः

gosiṃhau daśaguṇitau vasubhirmithunālinau| vaṇiṅmeṣau ca munibhiḥ kanyakāmakarau śaraiḥ

Taurus (go) and Leo are multiplied by ten; Gemini and Scorpio (ali) by eight (vasu); Libra (vaṇij) and Aries by seven (muni); Virgo and Capricorn by five (śara).

शेषाः स्वसङ्ख्यागुणिताः राशीनां गुणकाः स्मृताः।

śeṣāḥ svasaṅkhyāguṇitāḥ rāśīnāṃ guṇakāḥ smṛtāḥ|

The rest are multiplied by their own numbers; these are declared to be the multipliers of the signs.

जीवारशुक्रसौम्या दशवसुसप्तेन्द्रियैः क्रमाद्गुणिताः

jīvāraśukrasaumyā daśavasusaptendriyaiḥ kramādguṇitāḥ

Jupiter, Mars, Venus and Mercury (saumya) are multiplied respectively by ten, eight (vasu), seven and five (indriya).

बुधसङ्ख्या शेषाणां राशिगुणा ग्रहगुणाः पृथक् कार्याः। राशीनां गुणकारैश्च फलानि गुणयेत् पृथक्

budhasaṅkhyā śeṣāṇāṃ rāśiguṇā grahaguṇāḥ pṛthak kāryāḥ| rāśīnāṃ guṇakāraiśca phalāni guṇayet pṛthak

For the rest ⟨the multiplier⟩ is Mercury's number ⟨five⟩. The sign-multipliers and the graha-multipliers are to be applied separately; and one should multiply the figures separately by the multipliers of the signs.

सति तत्र ग्रहैर्युक्ते गुणयेद्ग्रहसङ्ख्यया।

sati tatra grahairyukte guṇayedgrahasaṅkhyayā|

And if there is ⟨a sign⟩ there joined by grahas, one should multiply by the number of the graha.

एवं सङ्गुण्य संयोज्य सप्तभिर्गुणयेत्पुनः

evaṃ saṅguṇya saṃyojya saptabhirguṇayetpunaḥ

Having thus multiplied ⟨each⟩ and added ⟨the products⟩ together, one should again multiply by seven.

सप्तविंशतिसम्भक्तात्तस्माल्लब्धं तु वत्सराः। शिष्टं रूपैर्नगैर्नीचैर्हत्वा हृत्वा पृथक् पृथक्

saptaviṃśatisambhaktāttasmāllabdhaṃ tu vatsarāḥ| śiṣṭaṃ rūpairnagairnīcairhatvā hṛtvā pṛthak pṛthak

From that, divided by twenty-seven, the quotient is the years. The remainder, multiplied by rūpa, by naga and by nīca and divided, separately in each case —

हारेण तेन लब्धाः स्युर्मासाहर्घटिकाः क्रमात्। सप्तविंशतिवर्षाणि मण्डलं परिकीर्तितम्

hāreṇa tena labdhāḥ syurmāsāharghaṭikāḥ kramāt| saptaviṃśativarṣāṇi maṇḍalaṃ parikīrtitam

— by that divisor the quotients are, in order, the months, the days and the ghaṭikās. Twenty-seven years are declared to be a maṇḍala.

तद्भागशुद्धाः सङ्ग्राह्या मण्डलाधिकवत्सराः।

tadbhāgaśuddhāḥ saṅgrāhyā maṇḍalādhikavatsarāḥ|

The years in excess of a maṇḍala, once cleared of that portion, are what is to be taken.

अन्योन्यमर्धहरणं ग्रहयोगे तु कारयेत्

anyonyamardhaharaṇaṃ grahayoge tu kārayet

But when there is a conjunction of grahas, a deduction of half is to be made for each by the other.

नीचेऽर्धमस्तगेऽप्यर्धं हरणं तत्र कारयेत्। शत्रुक्षेत्रे त्रिभागोनं दृश्यार्द्धहरणं तथा

nīce'rdhamastage'pyardhaṃ haraṇaṃ tatra kārayet| śatrukṣetre tribhāgonaṃ dṛśyārddhaharaṇaṃ tathā

When ⟨a graha is⟩ debilitated, half; when set, also half — that deduction is to be made there. In an enemy's sign, ⟨the contribution is⟩ less by a third part; and likewise the deduction for the visible half.

रणभङ्गे त्रिकांशोनं तथा पातेऽर्कचन्द्रयोः। बहुले हरणे प्राप्ते कारयेद्बलवत्तरम्

raṇabhaṅge trikāṃśonaṃ tathā pāte'rkacandrayoḥ| bahule haraṇe prāpte kārayedbalavattaram

When defeated in ⟨planetary⟩ war, ⟨the contribution is⟩ less by a third part; and likewise when at the pāta of the Sun and the Moon. When many deductions fall due ⟨on one graha⟩, one should apply the strongest.

पश्चात्संयोज्य तत्सर्वं वाराङ्गेन विवर्धितम्। मातङ्गलब्धं शुद्धायुर्भवतीति न संशयः

paścātsaṃyojya tatsarvaṃ vārāṅgena vivardhitam| mātaṅgalabdhaṃ śuddhāyurbhavatīti na saṃśayaḥ

Afterwards, having joined all that together and multiplied it by vārāṅga, what is obtained ⟨on dividing⟩ by mātaṅga becomes the net āyus — of this there is no doubt.

पूर्ववद्दिनमासाब्दं कृत्वा तस्य दशा भवेत्। एवं ग्रहाणां सर्वेषां दशां कुर्यात् पृथक् पृथक्

pūrvavaddinamāsābdaṃ kṛtvā tasya daśā bhavet| evaṃ grahāṇāṃ sarveṣāṃ daśāṃ kuryāt pṛthak pṛthak

Having made ⟨it into⟩ days, months and years as before, that becomes its daśā. Thus one should compute the daśā of all the grahas separately.

अष्टवर्गदशामार्गः सर्वेषामुत्तमोत्तमः। केन्द्रेष्वन्यतमस्थे शशिनि ग्रहसंयुतेऽष्टवर्गेण। आयुर्दायं कुर्याद्दशमर्क्षे क्रूरसौम्ययुते

aṣṭavargadaśāmārgaḥ sarveṣāmuttamottamaḥ| kendreṣvanyatamasthe śaśini grahasaṃyute'ṣṭavargeṇa| āyurdāyaṃ kuryāddaśamarkṣe krūrasaumyayute

The aṣṭavarga method of daśā is the very best of all. When the Moon, joined with a graha, stands in one or another of the kendras, and the tenth sign is joined by malefics and benefics, one should compute the āyurdāya by the aṣṭavarga.

अष्टवर्गं समुद्धृत्य ग्रहाणां राशिमण्डले। प्राग्वत् त्रिकोणं संशोध्य पश्चादेकाधिपत्यजम्

aṣṭavargaṃ samuddhṛtya grahāṇāṃ rāśimaṇḍale| prāgvat trikoṇaṃ saṃśodhya paścādekādhipatyajam

Having drawn up together the aṣṭavarga of the grahas in the circle of signs, and having made the trikoṇa reduction as before, afterwards the ekādhipatya ⟨reduction⟩.

एकस्मिन् मण्डलाधिक्ये शोधयेच्चक्रमण्डलम्। द्वादशैव तु गृह्णीयादेवं सर्वेषु राशिषु

ekasmin maṇḍalādhikye śodhayeccakramaṇḍalam| dvādaśaiva tu gṛhṇīyādevaṃ sarveṣu rāśiṣu

If in any one ⟨sign⟩ there is an excess over the maṇḍala, one should subtract the round of the circle; one should take just twelve. Thus in all the signs.

पूर्वोक्तगुणकारैस्तैर्वर्धयेच्च पृथक् पृथक्। एकीकृत्य तु तत्सर्वं सप्तभिर्गुणयेत्पुनः

pūrvoktaguṇakāraistairvardhayecca pṛthak pṛthak| ekīkṛtya tu tatsarvaṃ saptabhirguṇayetpunaḥ

One should multiply ⟨them⟩ separately by those multipliers stated before; then, making all of it one, one should again multiply by seven.

सप्तविंशत्या च भाज्यं लब्धमायुः प्रदृश्यते। द्वादशादिगुणं शिष्टं मासाद्यं हारभाजितम्

saptaviṃśatyā ca bhājyaṃ labdhamāyuḥ pradṛśyate| dvādaśādiguṇaṃ śiṣṭaṃ māsādyaṃ hārabhājitam

And it is to be divided by twenty-seven; the quotient shows itself as the āyus. The remainder, multiplied by twelve and so on and divided by the divisor, ⟨gives⟩ the months and the rest.

शतोर्ध्वं यदि तत्पिण्डं मण्डलोनाव (100) शेषयेत्। शतमेव तु गृह्णीयाद्दीर्घायुर्योगसम्भवे

śatordhvaṃ yadi tatpiṇḍaṃ maṇḍalonāva (100) śeṣayet| śatameva tu gṛhṇīyāddīrghāyuryogasambhave

If that piṇḍa is above a hundred, he should leave ⟨as remainder⟩ what is diminished by the maṇḍala ⟨a hundred⟩. But when a long-life yoga is present, he should take a hundred only.

सर्वं संयोज्य तत्पिण्डं वाराङ्गेन विवर्धितम्। मातङ्गभक्तं लब्धायुर्मातङ्गाब्दं प्रचक्षते

sarvaṃ saṃyojya tatpiṇḍaṃ vārāṅgena vivardhitam| mātaṅgabhaktaṃ labdhāyurmātaṅgābdaṃ pracakṣate

Having joined all together, that piṇḍa multiplied by vārāṅga and divided by mātaṅga ⟨yields⟩ the āyus obtained; they call it the mātaṅga year.

सर्वग्रहेभ्यः शुद्धायुः पिण्डरूपं विनिर्दिशेत्। ग्रहाणां तु विभागार्थमुपायस्त्विह कथ्यते

sarvagrahebhyaḥ śuddhāyuḥ piṇḍarūpaṃ vinirdiśet| grahāṇāṃ tu vibhāgārthamupāyastviha kathyate

From all the grahas ⟨together⟩ one should declare the net longevity (śuddhāyus) in aggregate form (piṇḍa-rūpa); but for the sake of apportioning it among the grahas, the method is stated here.

व्यस्ताष्टवर्गकदशा चैकीभूता घटीकृता। तमेव हारं सर्वेषामनष्टं स्थापयेत् क्वचित्

vyastāṣṭavargakadaśā caikībhūtā ghaṭīkṛtā| tameva hāraṃ sarveṣāmanaṣṭaṃ sthāpayet kvacit

The separate (vyasta) aṣṭakavarga daśās, made into one and converted into ghaṭīs — that very ⟨sum⟩ one should set down somewhere, unimpaired, as the divisor (hāra) for all ⟨the grahas⟩.

समस्ताष्टकनाड्यस्तु भिन्नाष्टकदशाहताः। भागहारहृताल्लब्धं ग्रहस्यायुर्भविष्यति

samastāṣṭakanāḍyastu bhinnāṣṭakadaśāhatāḥ| bhāgahārahṛtāllabdhaṃ grahasyāyurbhaviṣyati

But the nāḍīs of the collective (samasta) aṣṭaka, multiplied by the separate (bhinna) aṣṭaka daśā ⟨and⟩ divided by the divisor — the quotient obtained will be that graha's longevity.

दिनमासाब्दपर्यन्तं कृत्वा पूर्ववदाचरेत्। एवं ग्रहाणां सर्वेषां शुद्धायुः स्यात् पृथक् पृथक्

dinamāsābdaparyantaṃ kṛtvā pūrvavadācaret| evaṃ grahāṇāṃ sarveṣāṃ śuddhāyuḥ syāt pṛthak pṛthak

Having carried ⟨the result⟩ through to days, months and years, one should proceed as before. In this way the net longevity of all the grahas will be had, each one separately.

समुदायदशामार्गे एवं क्रम उदाहृतः। राशितुल्यानि वर्षाणि प्रयच्छन्त्युदयो बली

samudāyadaśāmārge evaṃ krama udāhṛtaḥ| rāśitulyāni varṣāṇi prayacchantyudayo balī

Thus has the sequence in the method of the collective (samudāya) daśā been set forth. A strong lagna (udaya) gives years equal to ⟨the number of⟩ the rāśi.

उभयत्रापि विज्ञाय लग्नदायं विनिर्दिशेत्। अष्टवर्गदशामार्गं सर्वेषां सम्मतं विदुः

ubhayatrāpi vijñāya lagnadāyaṃ vinirdiśet| aṣṭavargadaśāmārgaṃ sarveṣāṃ sammataṃ viduḥ

Knowing ⟨the matter⟩ in both cases, one should declare the lagna's allotment (lagna-dāya). The aṣṭakavarga daśā method they know to be approved by all.

गृहैक्यस्य दशाभावे भेदमार्गं प्रकल्पयेत्। तदोच्चनीचमार्गेण दशां कुर्याद्विचक्षणः

gṛhaikyasya daśābhāve bhedamārgaṃ prakalpayet| tadoccanīcamārgeṇa daśāṃ kuryādvicakṣaṇaḥ

If no daśā arises from the aggregate of the signs (gṛhaikya), one should employ the method of difference (bheda-mārga); then let the discerning one make the daśā by way of exaltation and debilitation.

नीचारिभवनयातैर्ग्रहैः समस्तैस्तदंशगैर्वाऽपि। यवनाचार्यमतेन ग्रहदायं कल्पयेन्मतिमान्

nīcāribhavanayātairgrahaiḥ samastaistadaṃśagairvā'pi| yavanācāryamatena grahadāyaṃ kalpayenmatimān

When all the grahas have gone to the houses of debilitation or of an enemy, or are ⟨likewise⟩ in the aṃśas thereof, the intelligent one should compute the grahas' allotment (graha-dāya) by the doctrine of Yavanācārya.

ग्रहसहिते केन्द्रस्थे चन्द्रे केन्द्राद्बहिः स्थितैः शेषैः। समुदायाष्टकविधिना ग्रहदायं कल्पयेन्मणित्थमतात्

grahasahite kendrasthe candre kendrādbahiḥ sthitaiḥ śeṣaiḥ| samudāyāṣṭakavidhinā grahadāyaṃ kalpayenmaṇitthamatāt

When the Moon, joined with a graha, stands in a kendra, and the remaining ⟨grahas⟩ are placed outside the kendras, one should compute the graha-dāya by the samudāyāṣṭaka procedure, following the doctrine of Maṇittha.

एकत्र गतैः सर्वैः केन्द्रादन्यत्र संस्थितैर्जन्तोः। आयुर्दायविभागैर्दशाफलं ज्ञायते नैव

ekatra gataiḥ sarvaiḥ kendrādanyatra saṃsthitairjantoḥ| āyurdāyavibhāgairdaśāphalaṃ jñāyate naiva

When all ⟨the grahas⟩ have gone to one place, ⟨or⟩ are stationed anywhere other than a kendra, the fruit of the daśā for the creature ⟨born⟩ is not known at all by the divisions of the āyurdāya.

अल्पायुर्योगभवा दीर्घायुर्योगजास्तु ये मनुजाः। तेषां दशाविभागैरायुर्ज्ञातुं न शक्यते नूनम्

alpāyuryogabhavā dīrghāyuryogajāstu ye manujāḥ| teṣāṃ daśāvibhāgairāyurjñātuṃ na śakyate nūnam

Those men who are born of a combination for short life, or born of a combination for long life — for them, assuredly, the length of life cannot be known by the divisions of the daśā.

षष्ठाष्टमव्ययगतैः पापैरल्पायुरादिशेत्तज्ज्ञः। सोम्यैर्विपरीतं स्यान्मिश्रखगैर्मध्यमायुरादेश्यम्

ṣaṣṭhāṣṭamavyayagataiḥ pāpairalpāyurādiśettajjñaḥ| somyairviparītaṃ syānmiśrakhagairmadhyamāyurādeśyam

With malefics gone to the 6th, the 8th and the 12th, one who knows this should declare a short life; with benefics it will be the contrary; with mixed grahas a middling life is to be declared.

होरादिनेशशशिनां प्रबलो भवेद्यस्तत्कण्टकादिषु गता कथिता दशेशाः। पूर्वा दशातिबलिनः सदृशोऽब्दवृन्दो साम्ये भवेच्च शरदां प्रथमोदितस्य

horādineśaśaśināṃ prabalo bhavedyastatkaṇṭakādiṣu gatā kathitā daśeśāḥ| pūrvā daśātibalinaḥ sadṛśo'bdavṛndo sāmye bhavecca śaradāṃ prathamoditasya

Of the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩, the lord of day ⟨the Sun⟩ and the Moon, whichever is the strongest — the grahas that have gone into its kendras (kaṇṭaka) and the rest are declared the lords of the daśās. The first daśā is that of the strongest; where ⟨their strength is⟩ alike, the tally of years ⟨decides⟩; and when there is equality of the years too, ⟨the lead⟩ belongs to the one that rose first.

वयोमुखेषु त्रिषु च त्रयः स्युर्लग्नार्कचन्द्रा बलसन्नियोगात्। यथाबलं कालविधानमेत्य त्रिधाऽऽहिता हि त्रिभिरेव विद्यात्

vayomukheṣu triṣu ca trayaḥ syurlagnārkacandrā balasanniyogāt| yathābalaṃ kālavidhānametya tridhā''hitā hi tribhireva vidyāt

In the three openings of life the three — the lagna, the Sun and the Moon — hold ⟨their turns⟩ by the joining-on of strength. The apportionment of time being reached according to strength, ⟨the stages⟩ are set down threefold; by these three alone one should know ⟨them⟩.

स्वोच्चस्थितो मित्रभगः स्ववर्गे स्वर्क्षेऽपि चान्यैरशुभैरदृष्टः। जन्माधिपस्तद्गुणवीर्यवान् स्यात्तज्जन्मकालेऽपि शुभप्रदः स्यात्

svoccasthito mitrabhagaḥ svavarge svarkṣe'pi cānyairaśubhairadṛṣṭaḥ| janmādhipastadguṇavīryavān syāttajjanmakāle'pi śubhapradaḥ syāt

Standing in his own exaltation, in a friend's portion, in his own varga, or even in his own sign, and unaspected by other inauspicious ⟨grahas⟩ — the lord of the birth ⟨sign⟩ will be strong in the measure of those qualities, and at the time of that birth too he will be a giver of auspicious ⟨results⟩.

त्रिषट्कलाभेषुगतैः समस्तैः सौम्यैः सुखादीनि भवन्ति बाल्ये। तत्रैव पापैर्वयसोऽन्त्यकाले जायार्थपुत्रा हि भवन्ति सम्यक्

triṣaṭkalābheṣugataiḥ samastaiḥ saumyaiḥ sukhādīni bhavanti bālye| tatraiva pāpairvayaso'ntyakāle jāyārthaputrā hi bhavanti samyak

When all the benefics have gone into the 3rd, 6th and 11th, comforts and the rest come about in childhood; when malefics ⟨are⟩ in those very ⟨houses⟩, then at the last stage of life wife, wealth and sons come about in full measure.

लग्नस्य पूर्वं न भवेद्दशा तु यदा तदा त्वन्यदशा भवेत्सा। जन्ये तु नेच्छन्ति परे तु केचिद्गुरुप्रसादेन च लभ्यमेतत्

lagnasya pūrvaṃ na bhaveddaśā tu yadā tadā tvanyadaśā bhavetsā| janye tu necchanti pare tu kecidguruprasādena ca labhyametat

When the daśā of the lagna does not fall first, then it will be some other daśā ⟨that does⟩. But some others do not allow this in a nativity; this ⟨point⟩ is to be got by the grace of one's teacher (guru).

उच्चान्निवृत्ते त्ववरोहिसञ्ज्ञा क्रमात् क्षयं यान्ति दशाफलानि। आरोहिणी स्वोच्चमुखाभिलाषे क्रमेण सर्वं फलमातनोति

uccānnivṛtte tvavarohisañjñā kramāt kṣayaṃ yānti daśāphalāni| ārohiṇī svoccamukhābhilāṣe krameṇa sarvaṃ phalamātanoti

When ⟨a graha⟩ has turned back from its exaltation, ⟨its daśā⟩ bears the name 'descending' (avarohī), and the fruits of the daśā go to decay step by step. It is 'ascending' (ārohiṇī) while it is set toward its own exaltation, and it spreads out the whole fruit by degrees.

तुङ्गसुहृत्स्वगृहांशे नीचे रिपुभेऽस्तसंस्थिते वाऽपि। तस्य दशा मिश्रफला दशा परार्द्धे शुभप्रदा ज्ञेया

tuṅgasuhṛtsvagṛhāṃśe nīce ripubhe'stasaṃsthite vā'pi| tasya daśā miśraphalā daśā parārddhe śubhapradā jñeyā

⟨A graha⟩ in the aṃśa of exaltation, of a friend, or of its own house, while debilitated, in an enemy's sign, or set — its daśā is of mixed fruit, and in the latter half of the daśā it is to be known as auspicious.

सविता दशाफलानां प्रापयिता चन्द्रमाः प्रबोधयिता। आदित्यचन्द्रवशगाः सर्वे ताराग्रहा ज्ञेयाः

savitā daśāphalānāṃ prāpayitā candramāḥ prabodhayitā| ādityacandravaśagāḥ sarve tārāgrahā jñeyāḥ

The Sun is what brings the fruits of the daśās to pass; the Moon is what awakens them. All the tārāgrahas (the star-grahas) are to be known as standing under the sway of the Sun and the Moon.

चन्द्रावनेयसोमजभृगुसुतगुरुसूर्यमन्दानाम्। क्रमशो दशापरिग्रह इष्टा नैसर्गिकी शुभा प्रोक्ता

candrāvaneyasomajabhṛgusutagurusūryamandānām| kramaśo daśāparigraha iṣṭā naisargikī śubhā proktā

Of the Moon, Mars (avaneya), Mercury (somaja), Venus (bhṛgusuta), Jupiter (guru), the Sun and Saturn (manda) — the taking-up of the daśā runs in this order; this accepted naisargika (natural) ⟨daśā⟩ is declared auspicious.

कष्टगृहे कष्टांशे मूढेऽपि निसर्गसंस्थिताः शुभदाः। शस्तगृहे शस्तांशे निसर्गयोगास्तु राज्यफलदाः स्युः

kaṣṭagṛhe kaṣṭāṃśe mūḍhe'pi nisargasaṃsthitāḥ śubhadāḥ| śastagṛhe śastāṃśe nisargayogāstu rājyaphaladāḥ syuḥ

Even in an evil house, an evil aṃśa, or combust (mūḍha), ⟨grahas⟩ that stand in their natural ⟨order⟩ are givers of auspicious ⟨results⟩; and in a commended house and a commended aṃśa the naisargika combinations give the fruit of sovereignty.

यस्य नवांशकहोरा भास्करसञ्ज्ञा प्रवृद्धफलदा स्यात्। शशिभागांशकहोरा सुषुप्तिचिन्तासु फलदा स्यात्

yasya navāṃśakahorā bhāskarasañjñā pravṛddhaphaladā syāt| śaśibhāgāṃśakahorā suṣupticintāsu phaladā syāt

He whose horā within the navāṃśa bears the name of the Sun (bhāskara) — that ⟨horā⟩ will be a giver of swollen fruit; the horā of the Moon's portion and aṃśaka will give its fruit in matters of deep sleep and of brooding thought.

पाकपतौ लग्नस्थे स्वोच्चे स्वर्क्षे त्रिभागदशमे स्वे। तस्य दशा पुष्टफला तेषु नवांशस्थितेषु मध्यफला

pākapatau lagnasthe svocce svarkṣe tribhāgadaśame sve| tasya daśā puṣṭaphalā teṣu navāṃśasthiteṣu madhyaphalā

When the lord of the pāka ⟨the operative daśā⟩ stands in the lagna, in his own exaltation, in his own sign, in his own tribhāga (drekkāṇa) and his own tenth-part (daśāṃśa), his daśā is of full fruit; when he stands ⟨only⟩ in the navāṃśas of these, the fruit is middling.

चन्द्रस्तु दशारम्भे कुलीरभवनस्थितो यदा भवति। स्त्रीदोषकृत्पशुघ्नः कुजभवने हन्ति वास्तुपतिम्

candrastu daśārambhe kulīrabhavanasthito yadā bhavati| strīdoṣakṛtpaśughnaḥ kujabhavane hanti vāstupatim

But when the Moon at the opening of the daśā stands in the house of Cancer (kulīra), it works blemish in the matter of women and is a slayer of cattle; in Mars's house it kills the master of the dwelling.

विद्याशास्त्रज्ञानं मित्रप्राप्तिं करोति बुधराशौ। सुखगृहमानावाप्तिं जीवगृहे दिशति शीतकरः

vidyāśāstrajñānaṃ mitraprāptiṃ karoti budharāśau| sukhagṛhamānāvāptiṃ jīvagṛhe diśati śītakaraḥ

In Mercury's rāśi ⟨the Moon⟩ works knowledge of learning and of the śāstras, and the gaining of friends; in Jupiter's house the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ bestows the gaining of comfort, of a dwelling, and of honour.

शौक्रेऽन्नपानमतुलं सौख्यं चन्द्रो विनाशं च। परिणतवनिताप्रीतिं सौरगृहे प्रेष्यकर्मरतिम्

śaukre'nnapānamatulaṃ saukhyaṃ candro vināśaṃ ca| pariṇatavanitāprītiṃ sauragṛhe preṣyakarmaratim

In Venus's ⟨sign⟩, food and drink beyond measure and ease — and the Moon ⟨gives⟩ ruin as well; in Saturn's house, fondness for a woman past her prime, and a liking for servile work.

दुर्गारण्यनिवासं कर्षणकर्मसु रतिं महोत्साहम्। सिंहे शशी प्रकुरुते स्त्रीपुत्रविवादमनिशं वा

durgāraṇyanivāsaṃ karṣaṇakarmasu ratiṃ mahotsāham| siṃhe śaśī prakurute strīputravivādamaniśaṃ vā

Dwelling in fortress and forest, delight in works of ploughing, great ardour — these the Moon in Leo brings about; or else ceaseless quarrel with wife and sons.

मित्रोच्चोपचयस्थाने त्रिकोणे सप्तमेऽपि वा। पाकेश्वरे स्थितश्चन्द्रः कुरुते सत्फलां दशाम्

mitroccopacayasthāne trikoṇe saptame'pi vā| pākeśvare sthitaścandraḥ kurute satphalāṃ daśām

The Moon standing in a friend's ⟨sign⟩, in exaltation, in an upacaya place, in a trikoṇa, or even in the 7th ⟨reckoned⟩ from the lord of the pāka, makes the daśā one of good fruit.

विपरीतगतश्चन्द्रो दशादौ पर्यवस्थितः। स्वोच्चगस्यापि खेटस्य दशा न प्रतिपूजिता

viparītagataścandro daśādau paryavasthitaḥ| svoccagasyāpi kheṭasya daśā na pratipūjitā

The Moon gone to a contrary ⟨place⟩ and settled there at the opening of the daśā — ⟨then⟩ the daśā even of a graha that has gone to its own exaltation is not commended.

एतैः प्रकारैर्बहुभिरवधार्य विवेकिना। शुभाशुभपरिज्ञानं पुरुषं प्रतिचिन्तयेत्

etaiḥ prakārairbahubhiravadhārya vivekinā| śubhāśubhaparijñānaṃ puruṣaṃ praticintayet

Having determined by these many methods, the discerning ⟨astrologer⟩ should think out for the person the full knowledge of the auspicious and the inauspicious.

भानोर्दशानुभूतो विदेशवासी वनाद्रिदुर्गचरः॥ द्विजदेववह्निभूपैः शास्त्रैर्भैषज्यतो धनप्राप्तिः

bhānordaśānubhūto videśavāsī vanādridurgacaraḥ|| dvijadevavahnibhūpaiḥ śāstrairbhaiṣajyato dhanaprāptiḥ

⟨One⟩ who undergoes the daśā of the Sun dwells in a foreign land and roams among forests, hills and fortresses. Wealth comes to him from brāhmaṇas, from deities, from fire, from kings, from the śāstras and from medicine.

मन्त्राभिचारकुशलो विघातकुशलश्चमूपतिश्चण्डः। विख्यातकर्मनिरतो धीमान्विस्पष्टवागनिष्टश्च

mantrābhicārakuśalo vighātakuśalaścamūpatiścaṇḍaḥ| vikhyātakarmanirato dhīmānvispaṣṭavāganiṣṭaśca

Skilled in mantras and in abhicāra ⟨sorcery⟩, adept at striking down ⟨his foes⟩, a commander of armies, fierce; given to celebrated deeds, intelligent, plain of speech, and disliked.

व्यालमृगोरगहन्ता दारसुतस्थानवर्जितश्चपलः। ऋणवानदीनवचनो नेत्रोदरदन्तकर्णरोगी स्यात्

vyālamṛgoragahantā dārasutasthānavarjitaścapalaḥ| ṛṇavānadīnavacano netrodaradantakarṇarogī syāt

A slayer of savage beasts, wild animals and serpents; bereft of wife, sons and standing; fickle; in debt, yet unabject in his speech; he suffers diseases of the eyes, the belly, the teeth and the ears.

नृपतस्करादिपीडा बन्धुद्वेषः स्वगोत्रनाशार्थः। सामान्यमेतदुक्तं राशिविशेषान्वितं फलं वक्ष्ये

nṛpataskarādipīḍā bandhudveṣaḥ svagotranāśārthaḥ| sāmānyametaduktaṃ rāśiviśeṣānvitaṃ phalaṃ vakṣye

Affliction from the king, from thieves and the like; hatred among kinsmen; and he has the ruin of his own gotra ⟨lineage⟩ for his object. This much has been stated as the general ⟨result⟩; I shall now state the result as qualified by the particular rāśi.

भानोरुच्चदशायां बहुप्रतापः स्वधर्मकर्मरतः। नृपजनितार्त्तिं लभते पित्रार्जितवित्तदेशकर्माढ्यः

bhānoruccadaśāyāṃ bahupratāpaḥ svadharmakarmarataḥ| nṛpajanitārttiṃ labhate pitrārjitavittadeśakarmāḍhyaḥ

In the daśā of the exalted Sun ⟨in Meṣa⟩: of great splendour, devoted to the works of his own dharma; he meets with distress caused by the king; he is rich in the wealth, the lands and the works acquired by his father.

उच्चातिक्रान्तदशा भानोरुदरामयं शिरोरोगम्। स्वजनविरोधं कुरुते चतुष्पदाद्यैर्भयं समाप्नोति

uccātikrāntadaśā bhānorudarāmayaṃ śirorogam| svajanavirodhaṃ kurute catuṣpadādyairbhayaṃ samāpnoti

The daśā of the Sun gone past its exaltation makes disease of the belly, disease of the head, and quarrel with his own people; and he meets with danger from quadrupeds and the like.

भानोर्दशा वृषस्था कृषिपशुसुतदारवर्जितं जनयेत्। हृद्गुह्यनेत्ररोगी बन्धुक्लेशान्वितोऽपि मानी स्यात्

bhānordaśā vṛṣasthā kṛṣipaśusutadāravarjitaṃ janayet| hṛdguhyanetrarogī bandhukleśānvito'pi mānī syāt

The daśā of the Sun standing in Vṛṣabha makes a man bereft of agriculture, cattle, sons and wife; he suffers diseases of the heart, of the private parts and of the eyes; and though beset by trouble from kinsmen, he keeps his self-regard.

मिथुने भानुदशायां शास्त्रकलाकाव्यगोष्ठशिल्परतः। कृषिपशुधनधान्याद्यैः संयुक्तो ज्ञातितो धनप्राप्तिः

mithune bhānudaśāyāṃ śāstrakalākāvyagoṣṭhaśilparataḥ| kṛṣipaśudhanadhānyādyaiḥ saṃyukto jñātito dhanaprāptiḥ

In the daśā of the Sun in Mithuna: devoted to śāstra, to the arts, to poetry, to learned assemblies and to craft; endowed with agriculture, cattle, wealth, grain and the rest; wealth comes to him from his jñātis ⟨blood-kin⟩.

दिवसकरस्य दशायां चन्द्रगृहे ख्यातिमान् नृपात्तधनः। स्त्रीनिर्जितोऽनिलात्मा पितृबन्धुविवर्जितोऽतितीक्ष्णश्च

divasakarasya daśāyāṃ candragṛhe khyātimān nṛpāttadhanaḥ| strīnirjito'nilātmā pitṛbandhuvivarjito'titīkṣṇaśca

In the daśā of the day-maker ⟨the Sun⟩ in the Moon's house ⟨Karka⟩: renowned, with wealth received from the king; vanquished by women, of windy ⟨vāta⟩ constitution, deprived of father and kinsmen, and exceedingly harsh.

क्षेत्रदशायां भानोरनेकवित्तान्वितो नृपसमो वा। दुर्गेऽरण्ये कृषिमान् सुतदारसमन्वितोऽतिविख्यातः

kṣetradaśāyāṃ bhānoranekavittānvito nṛpasamo vā| durge'raṇye kṛṣimān sutadārasamanvito'tivikhyātaḥ

In the daśā of the Sun in its own kṣetra ⟨Siṃha⟩: possessed of manifold wealth, or the equal of a king; a tiller in fortress and forest; endowed with sons and wife, exceedingly renowned.

कन्यारूढदशायां भानोः पशुमार्गतः सिद्धिः। द्विजदेवधनप्राप्तिः स्त्रीजननं लोकमान्यश्च

kanyārūḍhadaśāyāṃ bhānoḥ paśumārgataḥ siddhiḥ| dvijadevadhanaprāptiḥ strījananaṃ lokamānyaśca

In the daśā of the Sun mounted in Kanyā: success by way of cattle; wealth is got from brāhmaṇas and from deities; female children are born; and he is held in regard by the world.

अतिनीचदशा भानोः कृषिसुतमित्रार्थदारनाशकरी। लभते विदेशगमनं चोरानलसाध्वसं जनयेत्

atinīcadaśā bhānoḥ kṛṣisutamitrārthadāranāśakarī| labhate videśagamanaṃ corānalasādhvasaṃ janayet

The daśā of the deeply debilitated Sun ⟨in Tulā⟩ destroys agriculture, sons, friends, wealth and wife; he obtains journeying to foreign lands; and it produces terror of thieves and of fire.

नीचातिक्रान्तदशा सूर्यस्य नृपाद्धनं सुखं कुरुते। स्त्रीद्वेषजनितदुःखं जनयति परवञ्चना धनप्राप्तिम्

nīcātikrāntadaśā sūryasya nṛpāddhanaṃ sukhaṃ kurute| strīdveṣajanitaduḥkhaṃ janayati paravañcanā dhanaprāptim

The daśā of the Sun gone past its debilitation makes wealth and comfort from the king; it produces sorrow born of enmity with women, and gain of wealth by the cheating of others.

अज्ञो रणप्रतापी वृश्चिकराशिस्थभास्करदशायाम्। विषतोयशस्त्रपीडा पितुर्जनन्याश्च दुर्गमो भवति

ajño raṇapratāpī vṛścikarāśisthabhāskaradaśāyām| viṣatoyaśastrapīḍā piturjananyāśca durgamo bhavati

In the daśā of the Sun standing in Vṛścika rāśi: ignorant, ⟨yet⟩ of valour in battle; affliction from poison, from water and from weapons; and he becomes hard of approach to his father and his mother.

कार्मुकभानुदशायां स्वपुत्रदारान्वितो धनाढ्यश्च। द्विजनृपतिजनितपूजा शास्त्रश्रुतिगेयवाद्यसन्तुष्टः

kārmukabhānudaśāyāṃ svaputradārānvito dhanāḍhyaśca| dvijanṛpatijanitapūjā śāstraśrutigeyavādyasantuṣṭaḥ

In the daśā of the Sun in Kārmuka ⟨Dhanus⟩: endowed with his own sons and wife, and rich in wealth; honour arising from brāhmaṇas and from kings; contented with śāstra, śruti, song and instrumental music.

मकरे भानुदशायां परकार्यरतो न याति धनपुत्रौ। स्त्रीदोषजनितदुःखी पाण्ड्वामयपीडितोऽङ्गहीनो वा

makare bhānudaśāyāṃ parakāryarato na yāti dhanaputrau| strīdoṣajanitaduḥkhī pāṇḍvāmayapīḍito'ṅgahīno vā

In the daśā of the Sun in Makara: engaged in other men's business, he does not come by wealth or sons; made unhappy by fault ⟨incurred through⟩ women; afflicted with the pāṇḍu disease, or else deficient in a limb.

कुम्भे भानुदशायां हृद्रोगसमन्वितो विनष्टसुतः। पिशुनः परान्नभोजी भार्याजनबन्धुवैरी स्यात्

kumbhe bhānudaśāyāṃ hṛdrogasamanvito vinaṣṭasutaḥ| piśunaḥ parānnabhojī bhāryājanabandhuvairī syāt

In the daśā of the Sun in Kumbha: afflicted with heart-disease, his sons destroyed; a slanderer, eating other men's food; he becomes hostile to his wife, to his own people and to his kinsmen.

भानुदशायां मीने स्त्रीप्रीत्या लब्धमानधनसौख्यः। विषमज्वरपीडा स्यात् सुतचिन्तावान् नरेन्द्रसमः

bhānudaśāyāṃ mīne strīprītyā labdhamānadhanasaukhyaḥ| viṣamajvarapīḍā syāt sutacintāvān narendrasamaḥ

In the daśā of the Sun in Mīna: through a woman's affection he obtains honour, wealth and comfort; there is affliction from irregular fever; he is anxious about sons; ⟨yet⟩ he is the equal of a king.

अष्टमसंस्थस्य दशा भानोरुच्चेऽपि दोषवृद्धिकरी। षष्ठदशा व्रणपीडां कुरुते पितृमातृदोषवृद्धिकरी

aṣṭamasaṃsthasya daśā bhānorucce'pi doṣavṛddhikarī| ṣaṣṭhadaśā vraṇapīḍāṃ kurute pitṛmātṛdoṣavṛddhikarī

The daśā of the Sun placed in the eighth ⟨house⟩, even in exaltation, increases harm; the daśā ⟨of the Sun⟩ in the sixth makes affliction from sores, and increases harm to father and mother.

पुरुषप्रथमदशायां फलं तु वाच्यं शुभाशुभं वाऽपि। सद्यो मरणं योगै रुणद्धि स दशाफलं न चायाति

puruṣaprathamadaśāyāṃ phalaṃ tu vācyaṃ śubhāśubhaṃ vā'pi| sadyo maraṇaṃ yogai ruṇaddhi sa daśāphalaṃ na cāyāti

In a person's first daśā the result, whether auspicious or inauspicious, is indeed to be declared; ⟨but where⟩ the yogas ⟨give⟩ immediate death, that blocks ⟨it⟩, and he does not come to the fruit of the daśā.

मातापितृदोषाभ्यां क्वचिन्निरुद्धं दशाफलं ज्ञेयम्। तस्माद्योगान् सम्यक् परीक्ष्य पश्चाद्दशाफलं चिन्त्यम्

mātāpitṛdoṣābhyāṃ kvacinniruddhaṃ daśāphalaṃ jñeyam| tasmādyogān samyak parīkṣya paścāddaśāphalaṃ cintyam

The fruit of the daśā is to be known as sometimes blocked by the doṣas of mother and father. Therefore, having examined the yogas thoroughly, only afterwards should the fruit of the daśā be considered.

यस्यादौ भानुदशा मातापितृदोषदा सपक्षघ्नी। लग्नदशा क्लेशकरी चन्द्रदशा ज्ञानविघ्नकरी

yasyādau bhānudaśā mātāpitṛdoṣadā sapakṣaghnī| lagnadaśā kleśakarī candradaśā jñānavighnakarī

For one whose first daśā is the Sun's, it gives harm to mother and father and destroys his own party; the daśā of the lagna makes distress; the daśā of the Moon makes obstruction to knowledge.

सामान्येन तु षोढा चन्द्रदशा कथ्यते मणित्थाद्यैः। शुक्लस्य प्रथमतिथेरारभ्यारोहिणी दशा शशिनः

sāmānyena tu ṣoḍhā candradaśā kathyate maṇitthādyaiḥ| śuklasya prathamatitherārabhyārohiṇī daśā śaśinaḥ

In general the Moon's daśā is declared to be of six kinds by Maṇittha and the rest. Beginning from the first tithi of the bright fortnight, the Moon's daśā is ārohiṇī (ascending).

कृष्णद्वितिथिप्रभृतिकदर्शान्ता चावरोहिणीन्दुदशा। जलधिजलोत्थितिकाले नृणां सूतौ दशा शशाङ्कस्य

kṛṣṇadvitithiprabhṛtikadarśāntā cāvarohiṇīndudaśā| jaladhijalotthitikāle nṛṇāṃ sūtau daśā śaśāṅkasya

And the dark ⟨fortnight's⟩ Moon-daśā, running from the second tithi and ending at the new moon (darśa), is avarohiṇī (descending). At the time when the ocean's waters rise, at the birth of people, the Moon's daśā ⟨is⟩ —

आरोहिणीति विदिता विपरीता सावरोहिणी ख्याता। नीचाच्च्युतस्य हि दशा हिमगोरारोहिणी कथिता

ārohiṇīti viditā viparītā sāvarohiṇī khyātā| nīcāccyutasya hi daśā himagorārohiṇī kathitā

— is known as ārohiṇī; the contrary one is called avarohiṇī. And the daśā of the cool-rayed one (the Moon) that has come away from its debilitation is called ārohiṇī.

तुङ्गाच्च्युतस्य तु दशाऽवरोहिणी निगदिता शशिनः। रोहावरोहभेदः सम्यक् त्रिविधः पुरातनैः कथितः

tuṅgāccyutasya tu daśā'varohiṇī nigaditā śaśinaḥ| rohāvarohabhedaḥ samyak trividhaḥ purātanaiḥ kathitaḥ

But the daśā of the Moon fallen from exaltation is declared avarohiṇī. This distinction of ascent and descent has been rightly declared threefold by the ancients.

आरोहत्रययुक्ता चन्द्रदशा सर्वसिद्धिकरी। आरोहदशारूढो मर्त्यः स्यात्सर्वलोकविख्यातः

ārohatrayayuktā candradaśā sarvasiddhikarī| ārohadaśārūḍho martyaḥ syātsarvalokavikhyātaḥ

A Moon-daśā joined with all three ascents brings about every accomplishment. A mortal mounted upon an ascending daśā becomes renowned in all the worlds.

अवरोहदशाप्राप्तौ पुरुषस्य यथाक्रमं क्षयो भवति। चन्द्रे प्रोक्तबलारूढे शशिहोरागता ग्रहाः

avarohadaśāprāptau puruṣasya yathākramaṃ kṣayo bhavati| candre proktabalārūḍhe śaśihorāgatā grahāḥ

On the arrival of a descending daśā a man's decline comes about, step by step. When the Moon is mounted upon the strength described, the grahas that have gone into the Moon's horā —

अशुभास्ते शुभं दद्यू रवेरेवं शशी यथा।

aśubhāste śubhaṃ dadyū raverevaṃ śaśī yathā|

— though they be inauspicious, will give auspicious ⟨results⟩; and for the Sun it is thus, just as for the Moon.

चन्द्रदशान्वितकाले मन्त्री नृपसम्मतोऽतिमानी स्यात्। देवद्विजमन्त्राद्यैर्धनवान्विनयान्वितः कलाज्ञश्च

candradaśānvitakāle mantrī nṛpasammato'timānī syāt| devadvijamantrādyairdhanavānvinayānvitaḥ kalājñaśca

At a time attended by the Moon's daśā ⟨a man⟩ becomes a counsellor, approved of by the king, and exceedingly proud; wealthy through gods, brāhmaṇas, mantras and the like, endowed with modesty, and a knower of the arts.

मधुमधुरगन्धकुसुमैः फलवृक्षैर्वित्तवाननियतार्थः। ख्यातो बहुप्रतापः सदाटनः स्त्रीप्रजान्वितो धीमान्

madhumadhuragandhakusumaiḥ phalavṛkṣairvittavānaniyatārthaḥ| khyāto bahupratāpaḥ sadāṭanaḥ strīprajānvito dhīmān

⟨He grows⟩ wealthy through honey, sweets, perfumes and flowers and through fruit-trees, ⟨though⟩ his wealth is unsettled; renowned, of great might, always on the move, possessed of wife and offspring, and intelligent.

देवद्विजार्चनरतः परोपकारी मृदुस्वभावश्च। नृत्यादिकर्मकुशलः कफानिलात्मा जलादिधर्मपरः

devadvijārcanarataḥ paropakārī mṛdusvabhāvaśca| nṛtyādikarmakuśalaḥ kaphānilātmā jalādidharmaparaḥ

Devoted to the worship of gods and brāhmaṇas, doing good to others, and of gentle nature; skilled in dancing and such performances, of a kapha-and-vāta (phlegm-and-wind) constitution, and given to observances connected with water and the like.

बलवान् स्वजनविरोधी निद्रालस्यं मदान्वितः क्षीणे। सामान्यमेतदुक्तं प्रतिराशिफलं यथाक्रमं वक्ष्ये

balavān svajanavirodhī nidrālasyaṃ madānvitaḥ kṣīṇe| sāmānyametaduktaṃ pratirāśiphalaṃ yathākramaṃ vakṣye

⟨He is⟩ strong, at odds with his own people, ⟨given to⟩ sleep and sloth, and filled with intoxication when ⟨the Moon is⟩ waning. This much has been stated in general; I shall now declare the results sign by sign, in order.

मेषाश्रितचन्द्रदशा स्त्रीसुतलाभं विदेशकर्मरतिम्। सहजविनाशं कुर्यादसद्द्रव्यव्ययशिरोरुजं जनयेत्

meṣāśritacandradaśā strīsutalābhaṃ videśakarmaratim| sahajavināśaṃ kuryādasaddravyavyayaśirorujaṃ janayet

The Moon's daśā with the Moon lodged in Meṣa (Aries) gives gain of wife and sons and delight in work abroad; it causes the destruction of brothers (sahaja) and produces expenditure on unworthy things and disease of the head.

स्वोच्चगतस्य हिमांशोर्दशाधिरोहे नृपस्य राज्याप्तिः। बहुसुतरत्नसमृद्धः स्त्रीणां वशगो गजाश्वपशुमांश्च

svoccagatasya himāṃśordaśādhirohe nṛpasya rājyāptiḥ| bahusutaratnasamṛddhaḥ strīṇāṃ vaśago gajāśvapaśumāṃśca

On the ascent of the daśā of the cool-rayed one gone to its own exaltation, there is the attainment of a king's realm; ⟨he is⟩ enriched with many sons and jewels, subject to the will of women, and possessed of elephants, horses and cattle.

मूलत्रिकोणगेन्दोर्दशाभियातो नरो विदेशरतः। कृषिविक्रयाद्धनाप्तिः स्वजनद्वेषी कफानिलार्त्तः स्यात्

mūlatrikoṇagendordaśābhiyāto naro videśarataḥ| kṛṣivikrayāddhanāptiḥ svajanadveṣī kaphānilārttaḥ syāt

A man overtaken by the daśā of the Moon gone to its mūlatrikoṇa delights in foreign parts; ⟨there is⟩ gain of wealth from agriculture and from trade; he hates his own people and is afflicted by kapha and vāta.

वयसो मध्यमभागे चन्द्रदशायां महासुखी धनवान्। द्विजदेवमन्त्रिभावैः सम्पन्नो युवतिवल्लभो भवति

vayaso madhyamabhāge candradaśāyāṃ mahāsukhī dhanavān| dvijadevamantribhāvaiḥ sampanno yuvativallabho bhavati

In the middle portion of life, in the Moon's daśā, ⟨he is⟩ greatly happy and wealthy; furnished with the regard (bhāva) of brāhmaṇas, gods and ministers, he becomes beloved of young women.

पूर्वार्द्धे सम्भूतो जननीमृत्युकरोऽतिपापरतः। पश्चादर्द्धे वृषभे पितुर्वियोगं शशी कुरुते

pūrvārddhe sambhūto jananīmṛtyukaro'tipāparataḥ| paścādarddhe vṛṣabhe piturviyogaṃ śaśī kurute

One born in the first half ⟨of Vṛṣabha⟩ causes the death of his mother and is exceedingly given to sinful acts; in the latter half of Vṛṣabha (Taurus) the Moon brings about separation from the father.

द्विजदेवाश्रितकार्यो मतिमान् धनवस्त्रभोगसम्पन्नः। मिथुने चन्द्रदशायां स्थानात् स्थानान्तरं व्रजति

dvijadevāśritakāryo matimān dhanavastrabhogasampannaḥ| mithune candradaśāyāṃ sthānāt sthānāntaraṃ vrajati

⟨He is one⟩ whose business rests upon brāhmaṇas and gods, intelligent, and endowed with wealth, clothing and enjoyments. In the Moon's daśā in Mithuna (Gemini) he goes from place to place.

चन्द्रदशायां क्षेत्रे जलकृषिपशुधान्यवित्तवान् भवति। ज्योतिर्ज्ञानकलाज्ञो गुह्यरुगार्तो वनाद्रिदुर्गचरः

candradaśāyāṃ kṣetre jalakṛṣipaśudhānyavittavān bhavati| jyotirjñānakalājño guhyarugārto vanādridurgacaraḥ

In the Moon's daśā ⟨with the Moon⟩ in its own kṣetra ⟨Karkaṭa⟩ he becomes wealthy through water, agriculture, cattle and grain; a knower of jyotiṣa and of the arts, afflicted with disease of the private parts, and one who ranges over forests, hills and fastnesses.

सिंहे चन्द्रदशायां ज्ञानधनाप्तिर्मनोरथं लभते। स्वजनश्रेष्ठो मतिमान् विकलाङ्गो नातिपुत्रवान् सुभगः

siṃhe candradaśāyāṃ jñānadhanāptirmanorathaṃ labhate| svajanaśreṣṭho matimān vikalāṅgo nātiputravān subhagaḥ

In the Moon's daśā in Siṃha (Leo) there is gain of knowledge and of wealth, and he obtains his heart's desire; ⟨he is⟩ foremost among his own people, intelligent, defective in a limb, not having many sons, ⟨and⟩ fortunate.

कन्यायां चन्द्रदशा विदेशगमनं परस्त्रिया लाभम्। काव्यकलास्वतिनिपुणं कुरुते स्वल्पार्थकार्यसिद्धिकरम्

kanyāyāṃ candradaśā videśagamanaṃ parastriyā lābham| kāvyakalāsvatinipuṇaṃ kurute svalpārthakāryasiddhikaram

The Moon's daśā in Kanyā (Virgo) causes going abroad and the gaining of another man's wife; it makes ⟨him⟩ exceedingly accomplished in poetry and the arts, and brings the accomplishment of his aims and undertakings with but little wealth.

चन्द्रदशायां जूके स्त्रीकृतदोषाश्च मानहानिः स्यात्। भग्नोत्साही चपलो दारिद्र्यवशो मनोदुःखी

candradaśāyāṃ jūke strīkṛtadoṣāśca mānahāniḥ syāt| bhagnotsāhī capalo dāridryavaśo manoduḥkhī

In the Moon's daśā in Jūka (Libra) there are faults brought about by women, and there is loss of honour; ⟨he is⟩ broken in enthusiasm, fickle, in the grip of poverty, and sick at heart.

नीचदशायां मरणं हिमगुर्व्याधिं त्वनेकविधम्। कुरुते दारवियोगं सन्नोत्साहं स्वबुद्धिपरितापम्

nīcadaśāyāṃ maraṇaṃ himagurvyādhiṃ tvanekavidham| kurute dāraviyogaṃ sannotsāhaṃ svabuddhiparitāpam

In the daśā of the debilitated ⟨Moon⟩ there is death; the cool-rayed one brings about disease of many kinds, separation from the wife, collapsed enthusiasm, and torment ⟨arising⟩ from his own mind.

नीचोन्मुक्तदशायां शशिनः कथितोऽल्पवित्तयुवतीशः। क्रयविक्रयाद्धनाप्तिर्मर्मस्वतिरोगवान् स्वपक्षघ्नः

nīconmuktadaśāyāṃ śaśinaḥ kathito'lpavittayuvatīśaḥ| krayavikrayāddhanāptirmarmasvatirogavān svapakṣaghnaḥ

In the daśā of the Moon released from debilitation he is said to be of little wealth ⟨yet⟩ a master of young women; ⟨there is⟩ gain of wealth from buying and selling; he is much diseased in the vital parts (marman) and a destroyer of his own side.

चन्द्रदशायां चापे गजाश्वनाथो निवासबहुलः स्यात्। पूर्वार्जितधननाशो पुत्रसुखी बहुधनी भवति

candradaśāyāṃ cāpe gajāśvanātho nivāsabahulaḥ syāt| pūrvārjitadhananāśo putrasukhī bahudhanī bhavati

In the Moon's daśā in Cāpa (Sagittarius) he becomes a lord of elephants and horses and has many dwellings; ⟨there is⟩ the loss of previously earned wealth; ⟨yet⟩ he becomes happy in sons and of much wealth.

मकरे चन्द्रदशायां स्पर्धावान् दीननृत्यगृहवासी। स्त्रीमेदिनीप्रजीर्णो लोके श्रुतवान् न चातिधनपुत्रः

makare candradaśāyāṃ spardhāvān dīnanṛtyagṛhavāsī| strīmedinīprajīrṇo loke śrutavān na cātidhanaputraḥ

In the Moon's daśā in Makara (Capricorn) he is contentious and a dweller in a mean dancing-house; worn out by women and by land; learned in the eyes of the world, and not having very much wealth or very many sons.

कुम्भे चन्द्रदशायां प्रवर्तते क्षीणवृत्तिरभ्यासे। बहुऋणभोगी चपलः कुस्त्रीसक्तो गुदोदरार्तिः स्यात्

kumbhe candradaśāyāṃ pravartate kṣīṇavṛttirabhyāse| bahuṛṇabhogī capalaḥ kustrīsakto gudodarārtiḥ syāt

In the Moon's daśā in Kumbha (Aquarius), ⟨the daśā⟩ runs on, and in his practice ⟨of a calling⟩ his livelihood is scanty; he is burdened with much debt, fickle, attached to bad women, and afflicted with pain of the anus and belly.

वर्गोत्तमांशगविधोर्दाये बलवद्विरोधितो निःस्वः। दन्ताक्षिकर्णपीडाः स्वपुत्रदारैः परित्यक्तः

vargottamāṃśagavidhordāye balavadvirodhito niḥsvaḥ| dantākṣikarṇapīḍāḥ svaputradāraiḥ parityaktaḥ

In the dāya (daśā) of the Moon gone to a vargottama aṃśa ⟨in Kumbha⟩, he is opposed by the powerful and is destitute; ⟨there are⟩ afflictions of the teeth, eyes and ears, and he is forsaken by his own sons and wife.

मीने चन्द्रदशायां जलार्थभोगी सदाटनो धीमान्। गोमहिषदारपुत्रैः समन्वितो विगतशत्रुगणः

mīne candradaśāyāṃ jalārthabhogī sadāṭano dhīmān| gomahiṣadāraputraiḥ samanvito vigataśatrugaṇaḥ

In the Moon's daśā in Mīna (Pisces) he enjoys wealth got from water, is always roaming, and intelligent; endowed with cows, buffaloes, wife and sons, and his troop of enemies is gone.

मीनसवर्गोत्तमशशिदाये निधिसङ्ग्रहं सुखं लभते। कन्यापिताङ्गहीनो मातापितृवर्जितो भवेद्बाल्ये

mīnasavargottamaśaśidāye nidhisaṅgrahaṃ sukhaṃ labhate| kanyāpitāṅgahīno mātāpitṛvarjito bhavedbālye

In the daśā of the Moon in vargottama together with Mīna he obtains the amassing of treasure, and happiness; ⟨he is⟩ the father of a daughter, deficient in a limb, and in childhood he is bereft of mother and father.

वर्गोत्तमगदशायां मुक्तस्थानेष्वभीष्टफललाभः। स्वकुलश्रेष्ठो मतिमान् बलधर्मपरोऽतिविद्वांश्च

vargottamagadaśāyāṃ muktasthāneṣvabhīṣṭaphalalābhaḥ| svakulaśreṣṭho matimān baladharmaparo'tividvāṃśca

In the daśā of the ⟨Moon⟩ gone to vargottama, in the places left ⟨unmentioned above⟩, there is gain of the desired results; ⟨he is⟩ foremost in his own family, intelligent, given to strength and to dharma, and very learned.

चन्द्रे व्ययभवनस्थे सर्वोपायैर्धनागमः पूर्णे। क्षीणे रिपुनीचस्थे पूर्वोक्तफलं क्षणात् क्षणं नश्येत्

candre vyayabhavanasthe sarvopāyairdhanāgamaḥ pūrṇe| kṣīṇe ripunīcasthe pūrvoktaphalaṃ kṣaṇāt kṣaṇaṃ naśyet

When the Moon, being full, stands in the house of expenditure (vyaya, the 12th), ⟨in its daśā⟩ wealth comes in by every means. When it is waning and placed in an enemy's ⟨sign⟩ or in debilitation, the result stated before perishes moment by moment.

क्षीणाष्टमगहिमांशोर्दाये व्याध्यादिपीडितो मनुजः। स्त्रीकृतदोषनिमित्तैर्दारिद्र्याद्युन्नतिं लभते

kṣīṇāṣṭamagahimāṃśordāye vyādhyādipīḍito manujaḥ| strīkṛtadoṣanimittairdāridryādyunnatiṃ labhate

In the daśā (dāya) of a waning Moon placed in the eighth, the man is afflicted with disease and the like; and by reason of offences committed on account of women he attains a growth of poverty and the rest.

नीचाष्टमविधुदाये मरणं व्याध्यादिमाप्नुयात्सततम्। तादृशविधौ सपापे निधनं वा जातिविभ्रंशः

nīcāṣṭamavidhudāye maraṇaṃ vyādhyādimāpnuyātsatatam| tādṛśavidhau sapāpe nidhanaṃ vā jātivibhraṃśaḥ

In the daśā (dāya) of the Moon debilitated or in the eighth, one meets with death, or is unceasingly visited by disease and the like. If such a Moon is joined with a malefic, ⟨there is⟩ death, or a fall from one's caste.

मौढ्यं गते हिमांशौ राज्याच्चैव च्युतिर्मनोदुःखी। पाण्ड्वामयादिरोगैर्निपीडितो वारिजं भयं भवति

mauḍhyaṃ gate himāṃśau rājyāccaiva cyutirmanoduḥkhī| pāṇḍvāmayādirogairnipīḍito vārijaṃ bhayaṃ bhavati

When the Moon has gone to combustion (mauḍhya), ⟨in its daśā⟩ there is a fall from kingship, and ⟨the native is⟩ sorrowful in mind; he is tormented by diseases beginning with jaundice (pāṇḍu), and danger from water befalls him.

षष्ठदशा व्यसनकरी क्षीणे नृणां स्वबन्धुनाशकरी। पूर्णे नृणां धनाप्तिं जनयति खलु केवलं नियतम्

ṣaṣṭhadaśā vyasanakarī kṣīṇe nṛṇāṃ svabandhunāśakarī| pūrṇe nṛṇāṃ dhanāptiṃ janayati khalu kevalaṃ niyatam

The daśā of ⟨the Moon in⟩ the sixth brings calamity; when ⟨the Moon is⟩ waning it works the destruction of men's own kinsmen; when full it assuredly produces for men nothing but the gaining of wealth.

उदयगते राज्याप्तिः कर्मगते स्त्रीप्रजार्थसम्पत्तिः। एवं चन्द्रदशाफलमंशकचारैस्तथैव वक्तव्यम्

udayagate rājyāptiḥ karmagate strīprajārthasampattiḥ| evaṃ candradaśāphalamaṃśakacāraistathaiva vaktavyam

When ⟨the Moon⟩ has gone to the rising sign (udaya, the lagna), there is the winning of a kingdom; when it is in the tenth (karma), there is abundance of wife, offspring and wealth. Thus is the fruit of the Moon's daśā to be declared; and by the courses through the aṃśaka ⟨divisions⟩ it is to be told in just the same way.

आदित्यपूर्वषट्कस्था ये ग्रहास्तेऽप्यधोमुखाः। अपरस्थाश्च ये भानोरूर्ध्वास्यास्ते सुखप्रदाः

ādityapūrvaṣaṭkasthā ye grahāste'pyadhomukhāḥ| aparasthāśca ye bhānorūrdhvāsyāste sukhapradāḥ

Those grahas that stand in the six ⟨signs⟩ preceding the Sun are downward-faced (adhomukha); and those that stand after the Sun are upward-faced (ūrdhvāsya) — they bestow happiness.

वक्रो यदावरोही स्यादारोही चानुवक्रगः। वक्रः स्वोच्चफलं दद्याद्दशा तस्य तु मध्यमा

vakro yadāvarohī syādārohī cānuvakragaḥ| vakraḥ svoccaphalaṃ dadyāddaśā tasya tu madhyamā

When a graha is retrograde (vakra) it is descending (avarohī), and when it is anuvakra ⟨turning back to direct motion⟩ it is ascending (ārohī). A retrograde ⟨graha⟩ gives the fruit of its own exaltation, but its daśā is middling.

वक्रानुवक्रानुद्वीक्ष्य दशाफलमुदीरयेत्। ताराग्रहाणां सर्वेषामेवं ज्ञात्वा विचक्षणः

vakrānuvakrānudvīkṣya daśāphalamudīrayet| tārāgrahāṇāṃ sarveṣāmevaṃ jñātvā vicakṣaṇaḥ

Having looked at the retrograde and anuvakra ⟨states⟩, one should declare the fruit of the daśā; the discerning ⟨astrologer⟩, knowing it thus for all the tārāgrahas ⟨the star-planets⟩, ⟨should speak⟩.

भौमस्य स्वदशाफलानि हुतभुग्भूवाहनाद्यैर्धनं भैषज्यानृतवञ्चनैश्च विविधैः क्रौर्यैर्धनस्यागमः। पित्तासृग्ज्वरबाधितश्च सततं नीचाङ्गनासेवितो विद्वेषी सुतदारबन्धुगुरुभिर्नष्टोऽन्यभाग्ये रतः

bhaumasya svadaśāphalāni hutabhugbhūvāhanādyairdhanaṃ bhaiṣajyānṛtavañcanaiśca vividhaiḥ krauryairdhanasyāgamaḥ| pittāsṛgjvarabādhitaśca satataṃ nīcāṅganāsevito vidveṣī sutadārabandhugurubhirnaṣṭo'nyabhāgye rataḥ

The fruits of Mars's own daśā: wealth from fire, land, vehicles and the like; and the coming of wealth through medicines, falsehood and cheating, and through cruelties of many kinds. He is constantly afflicted by bile, blood and fever, is a servant of base women, at enmity with sons, wife, kinsmen and elders, ruined, and given to what is another's fortune.

मूलत्रिकोणसंस्थस्यारस्य दशा कुलान्वितं जनयेत्। सुतदारधनप्राप्तिः साहसकारी रतिप्रियो धीमान्

mūlatrikoṇasaṃsthasyārasya daśā kulānvitaṃ janayet| sutadāradhanaprāptiḥ sāhasakārī ratipriyo dhīmān

The daśā of Mars (āra) placed in its mūlatrikoṇa produces a man endowed with family ⟨standing⟩. There is gain of sons, wife and wealth; he is a doer of daring deeds, fond of pleasure, and intelligent.

मेषाश्रितभौमदशां प्राप्य नरो ख्यातिमान् महोत्साही। पित्तादिचोरबाधा बह्वायासेन सन्तप्तः

meṣāśritabhaumadaśāṃ prāpya naro khyātimān mahotsāhī| pittādicorabādhā bahvāyāsena santaptaḥ

Reaching the daśā of Mars placed in Meṣa, a man becomes renowned and of great enterprise. There is affliction from bile and the like and from thieves, and he is scorched by much toil.

वृषभे भौमदशायां स्थितिहीनो रोगशोकसन्तप्तः। वाग्व्यसनी नातिसुतः परवित्तरतो न देवगुरुभक्तः

vṛṣabhe bhaumadaśāyāṃ sthitihīno rogaśokasantaptaḥ| vāgvyasanī nātisutaḥ paravittarato na devagurubhaktaḥ

In the daśā of Mars in Vṛṣabha: without stability ⟨of station⟩, scorched by disease and grief, addicted to ⟨intemperate⟩ speech, not having many sons, given to others' wealth, and not devoted to the gods and to his teacher.

मिथुने भौमदशायां विदेशवासी च कामसन्तप्तः। स्वजनेष्वमितविरोधी बहुव्यथार्तोऽनिलाग्निसन्तप्तः

mithune bhaumadaśāyāṃ videśavāsī ca kāmasantaptaḥ| svajaneṣvamitavirodhī bahuvyathārto'nilāgnisantaptaḥ

In the daśā of Mars in Mithuna: a dweller in foreign lands and scorched by desire; of boundless hostility towards his own people, greatly pained, and scorched by wind and fire.

भौमदशायां शशिभे तोयोद्यानाग्निवित्तवान् गुणवान्। दारसुतबन्धुहीनो विकलाङ्गो लोकधूर्तः स्यात्

bhaumadaśāyāṃ śaśibhe toyodyānāgnivittavān guṇavān| dārasutabandhuhīno vikalāṅgo lokadhūrtaḥ syāt

In the daśā of Mars in the Moon's sign ⟨Karka⟩: possessed of wealth from water, gardens and fire, and endowed with good qualities; ⟨yet⟩ bereft of wife, sons and kinsmen, maimed in limb, and a rogue in the eyes of the world.

नीचादूर्ध्वदशायां भौमस्य गुणातिरेकविख्यातः। बलवान् प्रधानवैरी गुह्यरुगार्तो गजाश्वसम्पन्नः

nīcādūrdhvadaśāyāṃ bhaumasya guṇātirekavikhyātaḥ| balavān pradhānavairī guhyarugārto gajāśvasampannaḥ

In the daśā of Mars ⟨standing⟩ above its debilitation: renowned for an excess of good qualities, strong, an enemy of the chief men, afflicted by disease of the private parts, and possessed of elephants and horses.

सिंहाश्रितभौमदशा कुरुते जननायकं महोत्साहम्। सुतदारवित्तहीनं पुरुषं शस्त्राग्निपीडितं जनयेत्

siṃhāśritabhaumadaśā kurute jananāyakaṃ mahotsāham| sutadāravittahīnaṃ puruṣaṃ śastrāgnipīḍitaṃ janayet

The daśā of Mars placed in Siṃha makes a leader of men, of great enterprise; it produces a man bereft of sons, wife and wealth, and afflicted by weapons and fire.

कन्याश्रितभौमदशां प्राप्य स्थानं धनं सुखं लभते। यज्ञक्रियासु निपुणो विषमाक्षो भूमिदारपुत्राप्तः

kanyāśritabhaumadaśāṃ prāpya sthānaṃ dhanaṃ sukhaṃ labhate| yajñakriyāsu nipuṇo viṣamākṣo bhūmidāraputrāptaḥ

Reaching the daśā of Mars placed in Kanyā, he obtains station, wealth and comfort; he is skilled in sacrificial rites, uneven of eye, and gains land, wife and sons.

तौलिनि भौमदशायां मेढ्ररुजा स्त्रीकृतार्थपरिहीणः। परिजनकलहोद्रिक्तो गजाश्वहीनोऽङ्गहीनो वा

taulini bhaumadaśāyāṃ meḍhrarujā strīkṛtārthaparihīṇaḥ| parijanakalahodrikto gajāśvahīno'ṅgahīno vā

In the daśā of Mars in Tulā: disease of the penis; stripped of wealth by women; overrun with quarrels among his household; without elephants and horses, or else lacking a limb.

अलिगतभौमदशायां पुरुषः स्यात् सर्वतत्वविद्येशः। कृषितो धनधान्याप्तिर्मित्रद्वेषी विषाग्निशस्त्रहतः

aligatabhaumadaśāyāṃ puruṣaḥ syāt sarvatatvavidyeśaḥ| kṛṣito dhanadhānyāptirmitradveṣī viṣāgniśastrahataḥ

In the daśā of Mars gone to Ali ⟨Vṛścika⟩: the man becomes master of all the tattvas and the sciences; a tiller of the soil, ⟨with⟩ gain of wealth and grain; hostile to friends, and struck down by poison, fire and weapons.

चापे भौमदशायां द्विजदेवनृपादिभिर्धनं लभते। दुःसाध्य कार्यकर्ता कलहप्रायोऽतिमान्यश्च

cāpe bhaumadaśāyāṃ dvijadevanṛpādibhirdhanaṃ labhate| duḥsādhya kāryakartā kalahaprāyo'timānyaśca

In the daśā of Mars in Cāpa ⟨Dhanus⟩ he obtains wealth from twice-born men, from the gods ⟨that is, temple service⟩, from kings and the like; he is a doer of hard-to-accomplish deeds, much given to quarrel, and greatly honoured.

भौमात्युच्चदशायां वाहनसुखराज्यरत्नसम्पन्नः। अनिवारितरणवेगः प्रधानजनबन्धुमान् भवति

bhaumātyuccadaśāyāṃ vāhanasukharājyaratnasampannaḥ| anivāritaraṇavegaḥ pradhānajanabandhumān bhavati

In the daśā of Mars in its deep exaltation (atyucca): endowed with vehicles, comfort, kingdom and gems; his rush in battle is not to be checked, and the chief men of the land are his kinsmen.

अत्युच्चाक्रान्तदशा मकरे भौमस्य यत्नतोऽर्थाप्तिम्। व्यालमृगोरगशस्त्रैः पीडां कुरुतेऽल्पजातिसन्तोषम्

atyuccākrāntadaśā makare bhaumasya yatnato'rthāptim| vyālamṛgoragaśastraiḥ pīḍāṃ kurute'lpajātisantoṣam

The daśā of Mars in Makara, ⟨the degrees⟩ passed beyond its deep exaltation, gives gain of wealth by effort; ⟨and⟩ it causes affliction from vicious beasts, wild animals, serpents and weapons, and it brings contentment to people of low birth.

कुम्भे भौमदशायामाचारविवर्जितोऽतिमानी स्यात्। दारिद्र्यदुःखतप्तो दुर्मार्गरतिर्विनष्टतनयश्च

kumbhe bhaumadaśāyāmācāravivarjito'timānī syāt| dāridryaduḥkhatapto durmārgaratirvinaṣṭatanayaśca

In the daśā of Mars in Kumbha he becomes devoid of good conduct and overweeningly proud; scorched by poverty and sorrow, delighting in evil ways, and his son perishes.

मीने भौमदशायां रोगी विगतात्मजो व्ययार्तश्च। ऋणवान् विदेशवासी विचर्चिकाद्यैर्व्रणैश्च परिभूतः

mīne bhaumadaśāyāṃ rogī vigatātmajo vyayārtaśca| ṛṇavān videśavāsī vicarcikādyairvraṇaiśca paribhūtaḥ

In the daśā of Mars in Mīna: diseased, deprived of offspring, and distressed by expenditure; in debt, dwelling abroad, and beset by vicarcikā and other ⟨skin eruptions⟩ and by sores.

वर्गोत्तमगस्य दशा भौमस्य करोति लोकविख्यातम्॥ तद्भावफलं द्विगुणं लभते सङ्ग्रामविश्रुतो बलवान्

vargottamagasya daśā bhaumasya karoti lokavikhyātam|| tadbhāvaphalaṃ dviguṇaṃ labhate saṅgrāmaviśruto balavān

The daśā of Mars gone to vargottama makes a man renowned in the world; he obtains double the fruit of that bhāva, is famed in battle, and strong.

नीचांशगभौमदशा सदाटनं वितनुते मनोदुःखम्। फलसन्निकर्षनाशं श्रेष्ठं त्यक्त्वाऽधमं भजते

nīcāṃśagabhaumadaśā sadāṭanaṃ vitanute manoduḥkham| phalasannikarṣanāśaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ tyaktvā'dhamaṃ bhajate

The daśā of Mars gone to a debilitation navāṃśa spreads out ceaseless wandering and grief of mind, and the destruction of fruit just as it comes near; abandoning the best, he takes up with the lowest.

भौमस्यास्तदशायां सर्वोपद्रवयुता विनाशमतिः। क्रमयोगोदयराशिषु राश्युक्तफलानि सिध्यन्ति

bhaumasyāstadaśāyāṃ sarvopadravayutā vināśamatiḥ| kramayogodayarāśiṣu rāśyuktaphalāni sidhyanti

In the daśā of Mars combust (asta): a mind bent on destruction, joined with calamities of every sort. In the rāśis ⟨taken⟩ in order, by conjunction and by rising, the fruits declared for the rāśi come to pass.

अष्टम भौमस्य दशा शत्रुविरोधं मृतिं विवादं वा। जनयति च सर्वविघ्नं बन्धुनिमित्तात्स्वमानहानिं वा

aṣṭama bhaumasya daśā śatruvirodhaṃ mṛtiṃ vivādaṃ vā| janayati ca sarvavighnaṃ bandhunimittātsvamānahāniṃ vā

The daśā of Mars in the eighth produces enmity with foes, death, or dispute; and every kind of obstacle, or loss of one's own honour on account of kinsmen.

ऊर्ध्वास्य तुङ्गभवनस्थित भूमिजस्य कर्मायगस्य हि दशा विदधाति राज्यम्। जित्वा रिपून्विपुलवाहन सैन्ययुक्तां राज्यश्रियं वितनुते निधिकृन्न दाता

ūrdhvāsya tuṅgabhavanasthita bhūmijasya karmāyagasya hi daśā vidadhāti rājyam| jitvā ripūnvipulavāhana sainyayuktāṃ rājyaśriyaṃ vitanute nidhikṛnna dātā

The daśā of Mars (bhūmija), upward-faced, placed in its exalted sign, and gone to the 10th ⟨karma⟩ or the 11th ⟨āya⟩, confers a kingdom. Having conquered his enemies he spreads out a royal splendour furnished with abundant vehicles and armies; he is a hoarder of treasure, not a giver.

सौम्यदशायां लभते विद्याविनियोग मिश्रबन्धुधनम्। कृषियज्ञयाजनाद्यैः स्ववृत्तिकार्यैर्धनं समाप्नोति

saumyadaśāyāṃ labhate vidyāviniyoga miśrabandhudhanam| kṛṣiyajñayājanādyaiḥ svavṛttikāryairdhanaṃ samāpnoti

In the daśā of Mercury ⟨saumya⟩ he gains the employment of his learning, and wealth from kinsmen mingled ⟨with it⟩. Through agriculture, sacrifice, the officiating at sacrifices and the like — through the works of his own calling — he acquires wealth.

शिल्पादिकर्मकुशलो गीतज्ञो गेयवाद्यसन्तुष्टः। गृहभाजनादियुक्तश्चेङ्गितवेत्ता कुतूहलाभाषी

śilpādikarmakuśalo gītajño geyavādyasantuṣṭaḥ| gṛhabhājanādiyuktaśceṅgitavettā kutūhalābhāṣī

Skilled in crafts and the like, a knower of song, delighted by singing and by instrumental music; furnished with house, vessels and the rest; a reader of gestures ⟨iṅgita⟩, and a speaker who stirs up delight.

भार्याप्रियो विनीतो विद्वान् गुरुसम्मतोऽल्परोगश्च। बन्धुपरिव्राण्मित्रैर्नखायुधैर्वा भवेत्पीडा

bhāryāpriyo vinīto vidvān gurusammato'lparogaśca| bandhuparivrāṇmitrairnakhāyudhairvā bhavetpīḍā

Dear to his wife, well-conducted, learned, approved by his elders, and of little illness. From kinsmen, from wandering ascetics ⟨parivrāj⟩ and from friends, or from creatures whose weapons are their claws, affliction comes.

सुभगो न सञ्चितार्थो मारुतकफपित्तरुग्विकारी स्यात्। पीडां कुरुते नित्यं मन उपतापं च कष्टदशाम्

subhago na sañcitārtho mārutakaphapittarugvikārī syāt| pīḍāṃ kurute nityaṃ mana upatāpaṃ ca kaṣṭadaśām

Comely and favoured, ⟨yet⟩ with nothing laid by; he will be disordered by the ailments of wind, phlegm and bile. ⟨The daśā⟩ works affliction unceasingly, and torment of mind, and a state of hardship.

अत ऊर्ध्वं प्रत्येकं राश्यंशदशाफलानि सौम्यस्य। वक्ष्यन्तेऽत्र समासात् पूर्वाचार्यैश्च कथितानि

ata ūrdhvaṃ pratyekaṃ rāśyaṃśadaśāphalāni saumyasya| vakṣyante'tra samāsāt pūrvācāryaiśca kathitāni

Hereafter the results of Mercury's daśā in each rāśi and in each aṃśa ⟨division⟩ will be told here in brief, as they were declared by the earlier teachers.

मेषगतज्ञदशायां विज्ञानोत्साहसङ्गतो धीमान्। शौर्यानृतशाट्यरतो निजधनहीनोऽन्यभाग्यरतः

meṣagatajñadaśāyāṃ vijñānotsāhasaṅgato dhīmān| śauryānṛtaśāṭyarato nijadhanahīno'nyabhāgyarataḥ

In the daśā of Mercury ⟨jña⟩ gone to Meṣa: joined to discernment and to energy, intelligent; given to valour, to falsehood and to cunning; destitute of wealth of his own, ⟨and⟩ delighting in another's fortune.

सौम्यदशायां वृषभे मातुरनिष्टो धनान्वितः ख्यातः। ऋणवान् बन्धुनिमित्तैः कुदारतनयान्वितो गलार्तिः स्यात्

saumyadaśāyāṃ vṛṣabhe māturaniṣṭo dhanānvitaḥ khyātaḥ| ṛṇavān bandhunimittaiḥ kudāratanayānvito galārtiḥ syāt

In Mercury's daśā in Vṛṣabha: unwelcome to his mother, possessed of wealth, renowned; in debt on account of kinsmen, saddled with a bad wife and children; there will be affliction of the throat.

मिथुने सौम्यदशायामनेकवित्तान्वितोऽतिभोगी स्यात्। नैकसुतदारनाथो द्विमातृको ज्ञातिवल्लभो धीमान्

mithune saumyadaśāyāmanekavittānvito'tibhogī syāt| naikasutadāranātho dvimātṛko jñātivallabho dhīmān

In Mercury's daśā in Mithuna: possessed of wealth of many kinds, a great enjoyer; lord of more than one son and more than one wife, having two mothers, dear to his kinsmen, intelligent.

बन्धुजनपीडितात्मा विदेशनिरतोऽल्पसौख्यसम्पन्नः। काव्यकलार्जितवित्तश्चन्द्रगृहे बुधदशायां तु

bandhujanapīḍitātmā videśanirato'lpasaukhyasampannaḥ| kāvyakalārjitavittaścandragṛhe budhadaśāyāṃ tu

In Budha's daśā in the Moon's house ⟨Karka⟩: himself afflicted by his kinsmen, given to foreign parts, endowed with little comfort, his wealth earned by poetry and by the arts.

सिंहाश्रितसौम्यदशा ज्ञानधनैश्वर्य वर्जितं जनयेत्। भ्रातृसुखबन्धुहीनः स्त्रीद्वेषी लोकविश्रुतो भवति

siṃhāśritasaumyadaśā jñānadhanaiśvarya varjitaṃ janayet| bhrātṛsukhabandhuhīnaḥ strīdveṣī lokaviśruto bhavati

Mercury's daśā resting in Siṃha makes ⟨a man⟩ bereft of knowledge, of wealth and of lordship. Without the happiness of brothers and without kinsmen, a hater of women, he becomes famed throughout the world.

उच्चाश्रितसौम्यदशा ज्ञानधनैश्वर्यसम्पदं कुरुते। लिपिलेख्यकाव्यनिरतो नीतिज्ञो निर्जितारिपक्षश्च

uccāśritasaumyadaśā jñānadhanaiśvaryasampadaṃ kurute| lipilekhyakāvyanirato nītijño nirjitāripakṣaśca

Mercury's daśā resting in exaltation ⟨ucca⟩ brings about abundance of knowledge, of wealth and of lordship. He is devoted to script, to writing and to poetry, versed in polity ⟨nīti⟩, and one who has vanquished the party of his enemies.

मूलत्रिकोणभागेषूद्यत्सु दशा बुधस्य विख्यातम्। कुरुते विदेशसक्तं स्वगुणबलाभ्यां धनं लभते

mūlatrikoṇabhāgeṣūdyatsu daśā budhasya vikhyātam| kurute videśasaktaṃ svaguṇabalābhyāṃ dhanaṃ labhate

When the mūlatrikoṇa degrees are rising, the daśā of Budha makes ⟨him⟩ renowned and attached to foreign parts; by his own merits and his own strength he obtains wealth.

क्षेत्रांशकस्थितदशा कन्यायां सोमजस्य विकलाङ्गम्। जनयति च बन्धुवैरं सुखपशुधनवर्जितं जनयेत्

kṣetrāṃśakasthitadaśā kanyāyāṃ somajasya vikalāṅgam| janayati ca bandhuvairaṃ sukhapaśudhanavarjitaṃ janayet

The daśā of Somaja ⟨Mercury⟩ standing in the kṣetra portion in Kanyā produces one crippled in limb; and it produces enmity with kinsmen, and makes ⟨him⟩ bereft of comfort, of cattle and of wealth.

सप्तमराशौ बौध्यां वाग्मी विकलेक्षणो न शान्तमतिः। शिल्पादिकर्मकुशलो विपण्यजीवी गजाश्वदुःखकरः

saptamarāśau baudhyāṃ vāgmī vikalekṣaṇo na śāntamatiḥ| śilpādikarmakuśalo vipaṇyajīvī gajāśvaduḥkhakaraḥ

In Mercury's ⟨daśā⟩ in the seventh sign ⟨Tulā⟩: eloquent, defective of eye, not of tranquil mind; skilled in crafts and the like, living by the market, a causer of grief to elephants and horses.

कीटे सौम्यदशायामादानरतोऽल्पसन्तुष्टः। प्रेष्याङ्गनानुरक्तो स्वगृहश्रमसंयुतो दरिद्रश्च

kīṭe saumyadaśāyāmādānarato'lpasantuṣṭaḥ| preṣyāṅganānurakto svagṛhaśramasaṃyuto daridraśca

In Mercury's daśā in Kīṭa ⟨Vṛścika⟩: bent on taking, contented with little; enamoured of serving-women, bound to drudgery in his own house, and poor.

कार्मुकसंस्थदशायां बुधस्य गणनायकोऽथवा मन्त्री। नामद्वयं च लभते कृषिपशुधनधान्यसंयुतो भवति

kārmukasaṃsthadaśāyāṃ budhasya gaṇanāyako'thavā mantrī| nāmadvayaṃ ca labhate kṛṣipaśudhanadhānyasaṃyuto bhavati

In the daśā of Budha placed in Kārmuka ⟨Dhanus⟩: he becomes the head of a body of men, or else a minister; he obtains two names, and comes to be possessed of agriculture, cattle, wealth and grain.

सौम्यस्य मृगदशायामृणवान् परकार्यकृत्कुदेशरतः। अटनोऽल्पजनस्निग्धो मायामोहेन तापितशरीरः

saumyasya mṛgadaśāyāmṛṇavān parakāryakṛtkudeśarataḥ| aṭano'lpajanasnigdho māyāmohena tāpitaśarīraḥ

In Mercury's daśā in Mṛga ⟨Makara⟩: in debt, doing another man's work, resorting to a wretched country; a wanderer, on affectionate terms with few, his body scorched by deceit and delusion.

कुम्भगतज्ञदशायां तेजोहानिर्मिताशनो निःस्वः। बन्धुजनपीडितात्मा दुष्टस्त्रीनायको विदेशरतः

kumbhagatajñadaśāyāṃ tejohānirmitāśano niḥsvaḥ| bandhujanapīḍitātmā duṣṭastrīnāyako videśarataḥ

In the daśā of Mercury ⟨jña⟩ gone to Kumbha: loss of lustre, a stinted diet, destitution; himself afflicted by his kinsmen, master of a wicked woman, given to foreign parts.

मीनाश्रितसौम्यदशा प्रशस्तवेदार्थशास्त्रपारगतम्। धर्मादिचिन्तनपरं प्रधानजनवल्लभं कुरुते

mīnāśritasaumyadaśā praśastavedārthaśāstrapāragatam| dharmādicintanaparaṃ pradhānajanavallabhaṃ kurute

Mercury's daśā resting in Mīna makes ⟨him⟩ one gone to the far shore of the excellent meaning of the Veda and of the śāstras, intent upon reflection on dharma and the rest, and dear to leading men.

नीचगसौम्यदशायामालोलो बन्धुसत्वगुणहीनः। कृष्याशनोऽल्पजीवी मृदुरोगसमाश्रितोऽन्यगेहस्थः

nīcagasaumyadaśāyāmālolo bandhusatvaguṇahīnaḥ| kṛṣyāśano'lpajīvī mṛdurogasamāśrito'nyagehasthaḥ

In Mercury's daśā when he has gone to debilitation ⟨nīca⟩: unsteady, wanting in kinsmen, in courage and in virtues; eating by farming, short-lived, beset by mild disease, dwelling in another man's house.

नीचाष्टमगस्य दशा सौम्यस्य विषायुधादिपश्वाद्यैः। जनयति पीडां नित्यं कुकर्मनिरतोऽल्पसत्वगुणयुक्तः

nīcāṣṭamagasya daśā saumyasya viṣāyudhādipaśvādyaiḥ| janayati pīḍāṃ nityaṃ kukarmanirato'lpasatvaguṇayuktaḥ

The daśā of Mercury gone to debilitation ⟨and⟩ to the eighth constantly produces affliction through poison, weapons and the like, and through beasts and the like. He is given to evil deeds, endowed with little courage and little virtue.

अस्तगसौम्यदशा तु क्षेत्रत्यागं सदा मनोदुःखम्। पाण्ड्वामयकासाद्यैः पीडां कुरुते धनक्षयं चापि

astagasaumyadaśā tu kṣetratyāgaṃ sadā manoduḥkham| pāṇḍvāmayakāsādyaiḥ pīḍāṃ kurute dhanakṣayaṃ cāpi

But the daśā of Mercury gone to setting ⟨combust⟩ ⟨brings⟩ the abandonment of one's own land and unceasing grief of mind; it works affliction through jaundice, cough and the like, and loss of wealth as well.

वर्गोत्तमगदशायां सौम्यस्य शुभाशुभानि वर्धन्ते। उक्तफलाद्वित्रिगुणं सर्वत्र शुभाशुभैश्च मिश्रफलम्

vargottamagadaśāyāṃ saumyasya śubhāśubhāni vardhante| uktaphalādvitriguṇaṃ sarvatra śubhāśubhaiśca miśraphalam

In the daśā of Mercury gone to vargottama the auspicious and the inauspicious ⟨results⟩ both grow — two or three times the result stated. Everywhere the fruit is mixed, of the auspicious and the inauspicious together.

कर्मायोदयबन्धुषु मिश्रफला सोमजस्य दशा। लभते स्वकुलाधिक्यं ज्ञानसुखार्थादिसंयुतं जनयेत्

karmāyodayabandhuṣu miśraphalā somajasya daśā| labhate svakulādhikyaṃ jñānasukhārthādisaṃyutaṃ janayet

In the karma ⟨10th⟩, the āya ⟨11th⟩, the udaya ⟨1st⟩ and the bandhu ⟨4th⟩ ⟨houses⟩ the daśā of Somaja ⟨Mercury⟩ is of mixed fruit. He obtains pre-eminence in his own family; it produces ⟨one⟩ endowed with knowledge, comfort, wealth and the rest.

सर्वत्र बुधदशायां मिश्रफलं प्राक्तनैर्विनिर्दिष्टम्।

sarvatra budhadaśāyāṃ miśraphalaṃ prāktanairvinirdiṣṭam|

Everywhere, in the daśā of Budha, the fruit is a mixed one — so it has been laid down by the men of old.

जीवस्य दशां प्राप्य प्रशस्तवेदार्थशास्त्रपाठरतः। धर्मादिवर्गचिन्ता प्रधानजनवल्लभोऽतिमेधावी

jīvasya daśāṃ prāpya praśastavedārthaśāstrapāṭharataḥ| dharmādivargacintā pradhānajanavallabho'timedhāvī

On coming into the daśā of Jupiter (jīva), ⟨the native⟩ is devoted to reciting the excellent śāstras that set out the meaning of the Veda; ⟨his⟩ thought is upon the group ⟨of aims⟩ beginning with dharma; he is beloved of the leading men, and exceedingly intelligent.

अध्ययनदेवतार्चागदजययज्ञक्रियादिभिर्वित्तम्। जन्मप्रभावतोऽर्थान् नृपप्रसादाद्धनं समाप्नोति

adhyayanadevatārcāgadajayayajñakriyādibhirvittam| janmaprabhāvato'rthān nṛpaprasādāddhanaṃ samāpnoti

⟨He gains⟩ wealth by study, by worship of the deities, by the conquest of disease, by sacrificial rites and the like; riches by the power of his ⟨very⟩ birth; and money he obtains by the favour of the king.

अश्वादिवाहनाप्तिं भूम्यम्बरदारपुत्रसम्पन्नः। सत्सङ्गतिः कुलाढ्यो बलाढ्यता भूपतित्वं वा

aśvādivāhanāptiṃ bhūmyambaradāraputrasampannaḥ| satsaṅgatiḥ kulāḍhyo balāḍhyatā bhūpatitvaṃ vā

⟨There is⟩ the gaining of conveyances such as horses; he is furnished with land, clothes, wife and sons; ⟨he has⟩ the company of the good, is rich in family, ⟨has⟩ abundance of strength — or even lordship of the earth.

कार्येषु सूक्ष्मबुद्धिस्त्रिकालविद् ज्ञानकर्मकुशलश्च। प्लिहविद्रधिगुल्माद्यैर्निपीडितश्चोर्ध्वरोगी स्यात्

kāryeṣu sūkṣmabuddhistrikālavid jñānakarmakuśalaśca| plihavidradhigulmādyairnipīḍitaścordhvarogī syāt

Subtle of judgement in his undertakings, a knower of the three times, and skilled in learning and in ritual action; and he may be afflicted by enlarged spleen, abscess, gulma ⟨abdominal tumour⟩ and the like, and diseased in the upper ⟨body⟩.

एतानि सर्वराशिषु जीवस्य दशाफलानि निर्दिश्य। प्रत्येकं राशिफलं तस्मादूर्ध्वं समादिशेत्तज्ज्ञः

etāni sarvarāśiṣu jīvasya daśāphalāni nirdiśya| pratyekaṃ rāśiphalaṃ tasmādūrdhvaṃ samādiśettajjñaḥ

Having declared these as the fruits of Jupiter's daśā for all the rāśis, one who knows ⟨this science⟩ should thereafter declare the fruit of each rāśi separately.

जीवदशायां मेषे गणनाथो ज्ञानवान् नरेन्द्रधनी। दारसुतमित्रभोगैः समन्वितो विगतशोकश्च

jīvadaśāyāṃ meṣe gaṇanātho jñānavān narendradhanī| dārasutamitrabhogaiḥ samanvito vigataśokaśca

In the daśā of Jupiter in Meṣa: ⟨the native becomes⟩ the head of a body of men, possessed of knowledge, wealthy through the king; endowed with the enjoyments of wife, sons and friends, and free from sorrow.

वृषभाश्रितजीवदशाप्रवर्तने शत्रुपीडितो दुःखी। देशेऽन्यत्र निवासः स्वल्पोत्साहाद्धनं समाप्नोति

vṛṣabhāśritajīvadaśāpravartane śatrupīḍito duḥkhī| deśe'nyatra nivāsaḥ svalpotsāhāddhanaṃ samāpnoti

When the daśā of Jupiter seated in Vṛṣabha sets in: ⟨he is⟩ oppressed by enemies and unhappy; ⟨his⟩ dwelling is in another country; and he obtains wealth from slight effort.

मिथुने जीवदशायां स्त्रीद्वेषी वित्तवान् कृषिप्रायः। कुलजगुणप्रद्वेषी मातुरनिष्टोऽङ्गहीनो वा

mithune jīvadaśāyāṃ strīdveṣī vittavān kṛṣiprāyaḥ| kulajaguṇapradveṣī māturaniṣṭo'ṅgahīno vā

In the daśā of Jupiter in Mithuna: ⟨he is⟩ a hater of women, wealthy, given mostly to agriculture; hostile to the merits of those born in ⟨his own⟩ family, disagreeable to ⟨his⟩ mother, or lacking a limb.

उच्चाश्रितदेवगुरोर्दशाविपाके स्वजन्मवृत्तिकरः। राज्यसुखभोगवृद्धिर्विशुद्धनामान्वितो धनी विद्वान्

uccāśritadevagurordaśāvipāke svajanmavṛttikaraḥ| rājyasukhabhogavṛddhirviśuddhanāmānvito dhanī vidvān

In the ripening of the daśā of Devaguru ⟨Jupiter⟩ seated in exaltation: he follows the calling proper to his own birth; ⟨there is⟩ increase of kingdom, comfort and enjoyment; he bears an unblemished name, is wealthy and learned.

उच्चातिक्रान्तदशा जीवस्य सदाटनं कुदाररतम्। पितृमातृदुःखतप्तं पूर्वार्जितवित्तविक्रयं कुरुते

uccātikrāntadaśā jīvasya sadāṭanaṃ kudāraratam| pitṛmātṛduḥkhataptaṃ pūrvārjitavittavikrayaṃ kurute

The daśā of Jupiter gone past exaltation brings about constant wandering, attachment to a bad wife, being scorched by the sorrow of father and mother, and the selling off of wealth earned before.

सिंहे जीवदशायां धर्माध्यक्षो नृपाच्च सम्पत्तिम्। लभते गुणातिरेकात्पशुसुतदारादिवित्तवान् भवति

siṃhe jīvadaśāyāṃ dharmādhyakṣo nṛpācca sampattim| labhate guṇātirekātpaśusutadārādivittavān bhavati

In the daśā of Jupiter in Siṃha: ⟨he becomes⟩ an overseer of religious affairs and obtains wealth from the king; through an excess of merit he comes to possess cattle, sons, wife and the rest, and riches.

कन्याश्रितजीवदशा नृपदारसमाश्रयाद्धनं कुरुते। शूद्रादिनीचकलहप्रवर्तने स्थानसम्भ्रमं कुरुते

kanyāśritajīvadaśā nṛpadārasamāśrayāddhanaṃ kurute| śūdrādinīcakalahapravartane sthānasambhramaṃ kurute

The daśā of Jupiter seated in Kanyā makes wealth by recourse to the king and to women; quarrel with śūdras and other low people breaks out; and it causes unsettledness of place.

पशुजां वृद्धिं वित्तं विद्याम्बरवाहनावाप्तिम्

paśujāṃ vṛddhiṃ vittaṃ vidyāmbaravāhanāvāptim

⟨…⟩ increase born of cattle, wealth, and the gaining of learning, clothes and conveyances.

तौलिनि जीवदशायां मन्दोत्साही स्वदारपुत्रघ्नः। दुष्टव्रणाप्तदेहो दिवसे दिवसे मिताशनो भवति

taulini jīvadaśāyāṃ mandotsāhī svadāraputraghnaḥ| duṣṭavraṇāptadeho divase divase mitāśano bhavati

In the daśā of Jupiter in Tulā: ⟨he is⟩ slack in effort, the slayer of his own wife and sons; his body comes to have malignant sores, and day by day he becomes a spare eater.

अष्टमजीवदशायां सुरकार्यरतोऽटनो महोत्साही। ऋणवाननेकभावैः प्रजानुरक्तो नियमशीलः

aṣṭamajīvadaśāyāṃ surakāryarato'ṭano mahotsāhī| ṛṇavānanekabhāvaiḥ prajānurakto niyamaśīlaḥ

In the daśā of Jupiter ⟨placed⟩ in the eighth ⟨rāśi, Vṛścika⟩: ⟨he is⟩ devoted to the work of the gods, given to wandering, of great enthusiasm; in debt on many accounts, loved by the people, and observant of ⟨religious⟩ rule.

मूलत्रिकोणसंस्थितगुरोर्दशायां जनाधिको धीमान्। मन्त्री मण्डलपो वा प्रमदावशगो धनी सुखी भवति

mūlatrikoṇasaṃsthitagurordaśāyāṃ janādhiko dhīmān| mantrī maṇḍalapo vā pramadāvaśago dhanī sukhī bhavati

In the daśā of Guru ⟨Jupiter⟩ stationed in ⟨his⟩ mūlatrikoṇa: ⟨he is⟩ eminent among men and wise; a minister or the governor of a province, subject to the will of women, wealthy and happy.

चापगतस्य दशायां गुरोः प्रवासाद्धनं सुखं लभते। यज्ञक्रियासु निरतो गोमान् कृषिवित्तसङ्ग्रहं कुरुते

cāpagatasya daśāyāṃ guroḥ pravāsāddhanaṃ sukhaṃ labhate| yajñakriyāsu nirato gomān kṛṣivittasaṅgrahaṃ kurute

In the daśā of Guru gone to Cāpa ⟨Dhanus⟩: he obtains wealth and comfort from residence abroad; devoted to sacrificial rites and owning cattle, he amasses wealth from agriculture.

नीचे जीवदशायां प्रवर्तते बन्धुशोकसन्तापी। परकार्यकृद्दरिद्रो जठरामयकर्णगुह्यरोगी स्यात्

nīce jīvadaśāyāṃ pravartate bandhuśokasantāpī| parakāryakṛddaridro jaṭharāmayakarṇaguhyarogī syāt

When the daśā of Jupiter in debilitation sets in: ⟨he is⟩ scorched by grief for his kinsmen; a doer of others' work, poor; and he may suffer disease of the belly, of the ear and of the private parts.

मृगमुखजीवदशायां वनवासनिषादधनलाभौ। कृष्याश्रयोपजीवी भूरुहजलवञ्चनादिभिः क्लेशः

mṛgamukhajīvadaśāyāṃ vanavāsaniṣādadhanalābhau| kṛṣyāśrayopajīvī bhūruhajalavañcanādibhiḥ kleśaḥ

In the daśā of Jupiter in Mṛgamukha ⟨Makara⟩: ⟨there are⟩ two ⟨results⟩ — dwelling in the forest, and gain of wealth from niṣādas ⟨hunters and fowlers⟩; he lives by recourse to agriculture; and ⟨there is⟩ distress through trees, water, deception and the like.

कुम्भाश्रितदेवगुरोर्दशाविपाके स्वनामशौर्यधनम्। पिशुनोऽल्पकर्मजीवी स्वजनद्वेषोऽर्थनाशः स्यात्

kumbhāśritadevagurordaśāvipāke svanāmaśauryadhanam| piśuno'lpakarmajīvī svajanadveṣo'rthanāśaḥ syāt

In the ripening of the daśā of Devaguru seated in Kumbha: ⟨there is⟩ wealth by his own name and valour; ⟨he is⟩ a slanderer, living by petty work; ⟨there⟩ may be enmity with his own people, and destruction of wealth.

मीनाश्रितदेवगुरोर्दशाविपाके कुलाधिको धीमान्। विद्याकथाप्रभेदैर्धनवान् प्रमदाप्रियो विनीतश्च

mīnāśritadevagurordaśāvipāke kulādhiko dhīmān| vidyākathāprabhedairdhanavān pramadāpriyo vinītaśca

In the ripening of the daśā of Devaguru seated in Mīna: ⟨he is⟩ pre-eminent in his family and wise; wealthy through the branches of learning and of discourse, dear to women, and well-bred.

वर्गोत्तमगदशायां देवाचार्यस्य पूजितो लोके। बहुलं धनं च लभते सुतदारसमाश्रयी कृशाङ्गः स्यात्

vargottamagadaśāyāṃ devācāryasya pūjito loke| bahulaṃ dhanaṃ ca labhate sutadārasamāśrayī kṛśāṅgaḥ syāt

In the daśā of Devācārya ⟨Jupiter⟩ gone to vargottama: he is honoured in the world and obtains abundant wealth; ⟨he is⟩ one who leans upon son and wife, and may be lean of limb.

मूढस्य देवेन्द्रगुरोर्दशायां प्रवर्तते दुःखसुखं च तुल्यम्। नीचारिभेष्वात्मजदारवित्तनाशाश्च रोगा बहवो भवेयुः

mūḍhasya devendragurordaśāyāṃ pravartate duḥkhasukhaṃ ca tulyam| nīcāribheṣvātmajadāravittanāśāśca rogā bahavo bhaveyuḥ

In the daśā of the preceptor of Devendra ⟨Jupiter⟩ when he is combust: sorrow and happiness come about in equal measure; and in the signs of debilitation and of the enemy there will be destruction of children, wife and wealth, and many diseases.

सामान्यसर्वराशिषु शुक्रस्य दशाफलं समाचक्षे। स्त्रीभूषणाम्बरसुखप्रमोदसत्कारमानधनलाभः

sāmānyasarvarāśiṣu śukrasya daśāphalaṃ samācakṣe| strībhūṣaṇāmbarasukhapramodasatkāramānadhanalābhaḥ

⟨Now⟩ I declare the result of Śukra's daśā in general, for all rāśis alike: gain of women, ornaments, garments, comfort, delight, hospitality, honour and wealth.

कन्दर्पशास्त्रनिपुणो नानाविद्याश्रितोऽतिमेधावी। नृत्तादिगीतकुशलो दाक्षिण्याप्तोऽन्नदानशीलश्च

kandarpaśāstranipuṇo nānāvidyāśrito'timedhāvī| nṛttādigītakuśalo dākṣiṇyāpto'nnadānaśīlaśca

⟨He becomes⟩ skilled in the science of love, resorting to many branches of learning, exceedingly intelligent, accomplished in dance, song and the like, endowed with courtesy, and given to the giving of food.

क्रयविक्रयेषु कुशलो गोमान् बहुदारवान् सुतार्थयुतः। पूर्वार्जितधनभोक्ता गुणविख्यातः क्रियोद्युक्तः

krayavikrayeṣu kuśalo gomān bahudāravān sutārthayutaḥ| pūrvārjitadhanabhoktā guṇavikhyātaḥ kriyodyuktaḥ

⟨He is⟩ skilled in buying and selling, possessed of cattle, having many wives, endowed with sons and wealth; an enjoyer of wealth earned before, renowned for his qualities, and energetic in his undertakings.

वातकफपित्तरोगी भ्रातृसुतस्नेहतो महादुःखी। नीचैर्वैरं लभते कष्टमथो धर्मवैरिभिः प्रीतिः

vātakaphapittarogī bhrātṛsutasnehato mahāduḥkhī| nīcairvairaṃ labhate kaṣṭamatho dharmavairibhiḥ prītiḥ

⟨He is⟩ afflicted by diseases of wind, phlegm and bile, greatly grieved through his affection for brother and son; he gets enmity with base men, and hardship — and moreover affection for the enemies of dharma.

राशीनां प्रत्येकं शुक्रस्य दशाफलानि वक्ष्यन्ते। रिपुनीचांशकराशीन् निश्चित्य सत्फलं ब्रूयात्

rāśīnāṃ pratyekaṃ śukrasya daśāphalāni vakṣyante| ripunīcāṃśakarāśīn niścitya satphalaṃ brūyāt

The results of Śukra's daśā will ⟨now⟩ be told for each rāśi separately. Having ascertained the enemy's and the debilitation aṃśakas and rāśis, one should declare the true result.

शुक्रदशायां मेषे स्त्रीकृतसुखवित्तमानहानिः स्यात्। अटनोऽसहोऽल्पजीवी प्रभुशीलो राजयोषितो दयितः

śukradaśāyāṃ meṣe strīkṛtasukhavittamānahāniḥ syāt| aṭano'saho'lpajīvī prabhuśīlo rājayoṣito dayitaḥ

In Meṣa, during Śukra's daśā, there is loss of comfort, wealth and honour brought about by women. ⟨The native is⟩ a wanderer, unable to endure ⟨hardship⟩, short-lived, of lordly bearing, and dear to royal women.

वृषभे शुक्रदशायां कृषिपशुदारान्वितो मतिमान्। बहुशास्त्रवित्सुदान्तः कन्याजनको नरेन्द्रदयितश्च

vṛṣabhe śukradaśāyāṃ kṛṣipaśudārānvito matimān| bahuśāstravitsudāntaḥ kanyājanako narendradayitaśca

In Vṛṣabha, during Śukra's daśā, ⟨he is⟩ possessed of agriculture, cattle and wives, intelligent, knowing many śāstras, well self-restrained, a begetter of daughters, and dear to the king.

मिथुने शुक्रदशायामनेककार्यान्वितो महोत्साही। विस्मयकथाभिलाषी विदेशनिरतोऽर्थवान् भवति

mithune śukradaśāyāmanekakāryānvito mahotsāhī| vismayakathābhilāṣī videśanirato'rthavān bhavati

In Mithuna, during Śukra's daśā, ⟨he becomes⟩ engaged in many undertakings, of great enterprise, longing for marvellous tales, given to foreign parts, and wealthy.

चन्द्रगृहस्थस्य भृगोर्दशाविपाके स्वकार्य उद्युक्तः। द्विस्त्रीभरणसुशीलो बहुप्रकारैर्हि जीवनं कुरुते

candragṛhasthasya bhṛgordaśāvipāke svakārya udyuktaḥ| dvistrībharaṇasuśīlo bahuprakārairhi jīvanaṃ kurute

At the ripening of the daśā of Bhṛgu ⟨Śukra⟩ standing in the Moon's house ⟨Karka⟩, ⟨the native is⟩ energetic in his own affairs, of good conduct in maintaining two wives, and makes his living by many means.

सिंहे शुक्रदशायां प्रवरस्त्रीसंश्रयाद्धनानि स्युः। परवित्तरतो धीमानल्पसुतो गोगणा विनश्यन्ति

siṃhe śukradaśāyāṃ pravarastrīsaṃśrayāddhanāni syuḥ| paravittarato dhīmānalpasuto gogaṇā vinaśyanti

In Siṃha, during Śukra's daśā, wealth comes through dependence on a woman of rank. ⟨He is⟩ intent on the wealth of others, wise, of few sons; his herds of cattle perish.

कन्याश्रितशुक्रदशाप्रवर्तने पूर्ववृत्तसुखहीनः। भग्नोत्साही चपलो विदेशवासी स्वदारसन्त्यक्तः

kanyāśritaśukradaśāpravartane pūrvavṛttasukhahīnaḥ| bhagnotsāhī capalo videśavāsī svadārasantyaktaḥ

At the setting-in of the daśā of Śukra placed in Kanyā, ⟨the native is⟩ bereft of the comfort that went before — broken in enthusiasm, fickle, dwelling abroad, and parted from his own wife.

वर्गोत्तमभृगुजदशापाके नृपचोरतोऽर्थहानिः स्यात्। अस्वस्थो बलहीनो भिक्षाशनवान् सदाटनो भवति

vargottamabhṛgujadaśāpāke nṛpacorato'rthahāniḥ syāt| asvastho balahīno bhikṣāśanavān sadāṭano bhavati

At the ripening of the daśā of Bhṛgu's son ⟨Śukra⟩ in vargottama, there is loss of wealth from the king and from thieves. ⟨The native⟩ becomes unwell, devoid of strength, living on alms, and always wandering.

मूलत्रिकोणसंस्थितभृगोर्दशायां विशिष्टनामयुतः। कृषिपशुधनधान्याद्यैः सम्पन्नो ज्ञानिनो धनाप्तिर्वा

mūlatrikoṇasaṃsthitabhṛgordaśāyāṃ viśiṣṭanāmayutaḥ| kṛṣipaśudhanadhānyādyaiḥ sampanno jñānino dhanāptirvā

In the daśā of Bhṛgu ⟨Śukra⟩ established in ⟨his⟩ mūlatrikoṇa, ⟨the native is⟩ possessed of a distinguished name and well supplied with agriculture, cattle, wealth, grain and the rest — or there is acquisition of wealth from a man of knowledge.

अटनो बहुप्रलापी परकर्मरतो निमित्तकलहाढ्यः। बहुऋणभागी पुरुषो वृश्चिकराशौ भृगोर्दशायां च

aṭano bahupralāpī parakarmarato nimittakalahāḍhyaḥ| bahuṛṇabhāgī puruṣo vṛścikarāśau bhṛgordaśāyāṃ ca

And in the daśā of Bhṛgu ⟨Śukra⟩ in the rāśi Vṛścika, the man is a wanderer, a great prattler, engaged in the work of others, abounding in quarrels over any pretext, and a sharer in much debt.

चापे शुक्रदशायां विनाशितारिः कुलाधिको मानी। काव्यकलास्वतिनिपुणो नृपदयितो दारपुत्रसन्तुष्टः

cāpe śukradaśāyāṃ vināśitāriḥ kulādhiko mānī| kāvyakalāsvatinipuṇo nṛpadayito dāraputrasantuṣṭaḥ

In Cāpa ⟨Dhanus⟩, during Śukra's daśā, ⟨he is one⟩ whose enemies are destroyed, foremost in his family, proud, exceedingly skilled in poetry and the arts, dear to the king, and content in wife and sons.

मकरे शुक्रदशायां क्लेशसहिष्णुः सुखी रिपुनिहन्ता। वातश्लेष्मप्रकृतिः कुत्सितदारो विगर्हितकुटुम्बः

makare śukradaśāyāṃ kleśasahiṣṇuḥ sukhī ripunihantā| vātaśleṣmaprakṛtiḥ kutsitadāro vigarhitakuṭumbaḥ

In Makara, during Śukra's daśā, ⟨he is⟩ patient under affliction, happy, a slayer of enemies; of a windy and phlegmatic constitution, with a despicable wife, and with a household held in contempt.

कुम्भे शुक्रदशायामुद्वेगी रोगवान्नयज्ञश्च। परयुवतिगो व्रतघ्नो नीचाचारोऽल्पकर्मनिरतश्च

kumbhe śukradaśāyāmudvegī rogavānnayajñaśca| parayuvatigo vrataghno nīcācāro'lpakarmanirataśca

In Kumbha, during Śukra's daśā, ⟨he is⟩ agitated, diseased and versed in polity; he goes to the young women of other men, is a destroyer of vows, of base conduct, and engaged in mean work.

मीने शुक्रदशायां वंशधरो ज्ञानवान्नरेन्द्रधनी। कृषितो धनभागी स्यात् कमनीयवपुः प्रधानतां याति

mīne śukradaśāyāṃ vaṃśadharo jñānavānnarendradhanī| kṛṣito dhanabhāgī syāt kamanīyavapuḥ pradhānatāṃ yāti

In Mīna, during Śukra's daśā, ⟨he is⟩ the upholder of his line, possessed of knowledge, made wealthy by the king; he becomes a sharer of wealth through agriculture, is of a lovely body, and attains pre-eminence.

मीने वर्गोत्तमगे भृगोर्दशायां स्वमानगुणयुक्तः। रोगैर्निपीडितात्मा जलप्रतिष्ठादियत्नतो धर्मः

mīne vargottamage bhṛgordaśāyāṃ svamānaguṇayuktaḥ| rogairnipīḍitātmā jalapratiṣṭhādiyatnato dharmaḥ

When ⟨Śukra⟩ is in Mīna and vargottama, in Bhṛgu's daśā ⟨the native is⟩ endowed with self-regard and good qualities; his person is tormented by diseases; religious merit ⟨comes⟩ from his exertions at the dedication of water-works and the like.

स्वोच्चस्थितो भृगुसुतो व्ययकर्मगो वा लाभेऽपि पापरहितो न तु पापदृष्टः। तस्याब्दपाकसमये बहुरत्नपूर्णो धीमान् विशालनयनो निजवंशनाथः

svoccasthito bhṛgusuto vyayakarmago vā lābhe'pi pāparahito na tu pāpadṛṣṭaḥ| tasyābdapākasamaye bahuratnapūrṇo dhīmān viśālanayano nijavaṃśanāthaḥ

⟨When⟩ Bhṛgu's son ⟨Śukra⟩ stands in his own exaltation, or has gone to the 12th ⟨vyaya⟩ or the 10th ⟨karma⟩, or even to the 11th ⟨lābha⟩, free of malefics and not aspected by a malefic either — at the time of the ripening of his year, ⟨the native is⟩ filled with many gems, wise, large-eyed, and lord of his own line.

मन्दस्य दशां प्राप्य प्रथितो धीमाननेकशास्त्रज्ञः। वृन्दग्रामपुराणां नेता पितृतोऽधिको विधिज्ञश्च

mandasya daśāṃ prāpya prathito dhīmānanekaśāstrajñaḥ| vṛndagrāmapurāṇāṃ netā pitṛto'dhiko vidhijñaśca

On reaching the daśā of Manda (Saturn) ⟨the native becomes⟩ renowned, intelligent, versed in many śāstras; a leader of guilds, villages and towns, greater than his father, and a knower of the ordinances.

गजतुरगगोधनाद्यैः सम्पन्नो ज्ञातितो धनप्राप्तिः। द्विजदेवपूजितात्मा पुराणभवनाश्रितोऽल्पसन्तुष्टः

gajaturagagodhanādyaiḥ sampanno jñātito dhanaprāptiḥ| dvijadevapūjitātmā purāṇabhavanāśrito'lpasantuṣṭaḥ

He is endowed with elephants, horses, cattle-wealth and the like; there is gain of wealth from kinsmen. His person is honoured by the twice-born and by the gods; he lives in an old dwelling and is content with little.

निद्रालस्यश्रमवान् स्वजनद्वेष्यो जराङ्गनासक्तः। धर्मप्रियो विनीतो देवायतनक्रियार्चनादिरतः

nidrālasyaśramavān svajanadveṣyo jarāṅganāsaktaḥ| dharmapriyo vinīto devāyatanakriyārcanādirataḥ

He is full of sleep, sloth and toil; detested by his own people; attached to aged women; fond of dharma, well-behaved, and devoted to the building of temples, to worship and the like.

वातकफाद्यैः पीडा विकलाङ्गो जायते कृशाङ्गो वा। सामान्यमेतदुक्तं राशौ प्रत्येकमंशकैर्वक्ष्ये

vātakaphādyaiḥ pīḍā vikalāṅgo jāyate kṛśāṅgo vā| sāmānyametaduktaṃ rāśau pratyekamaṃśakairvakṣye

There is affliction from wind, phlegm and the rest; he is born crippled of limb, or lean of body. This has been stated as the general ⟨result⟩; now I shall tell it for each sign severally, with the aṃśakas ⟨the divisional portions⟩.

मन्ददशायां मेषे प्रवासनिरतोऽस्वतन्त्रवृत्तिश्च। पादादिचर्मरोगी मायावी भ्रातृबन्धुरहितश्च

mandadaśāyāṃ meṣe pravāsanirato'svatantravṛttiśca| pādādicarmarogī māyāvī bhrātṛbandhurahitaśca

In Manda's daśā, ⟨with Saturn⟩ in Meṣa (Aries): he is given to living abroad and to a dependent livelihood; suffering from skin disease on the feet and elsewhere; deceitful; and bereft of brothers and kinsmen.

कृषिधान्याप्तिर्नीचाद्भ्रष्टस्य शनेर्दशासमये। पतनाद्यैः क्लेशाढ्यो नीचप्रायो निरुत्साहः

kṛṣidhānyāptirnīcādbhraṣṭasya śanerdaśāsamaye| patanādyaiḥ kleśāḍhyo nīcaprāyo nirutsāhaḥ

At the time of the daśā of Śani fallen away from ⟨the point of⟩ debilitation, there is gain of agriculture and grain; he abounds in distress from falls and the like, is low in most respects, and is without enthusiasm.

वृषभे सौरिदशायां विशिष्टनामान्वितोऽतिमेधावी। राजा राजसमो वा युद्धेषु कृतश्रमोऽतिधर्मरतः

vṛṣabhe sauridaśāyāṃ viśiṣṭanāmānvito'timedhāvī| rājā rājasamo vā yuddheṣu kṛtaśramo'tidharmarataḥ

In Vṛṣabha (Taurus), in Sauri's (Saturn's) daśā: he bears a distinguished name, is exceedingly intelligent, a king or the equal of a king, one who has laboured in battles, and exceedingly devoted to dharma.

मिथुने क्षमाविहीनो मन्ददशायां सुतार्थभोगरतः। स्त्रीचोरतोऽर्थहानिः परकार्यरतो रणार्दितो मनुजः

mithune kṣamāvihīno mandadaśāyāṃ sutārthabhogarataḥ| strīcorato'rthahāniḥ parakāryarato raṇārdito manujaḥ

In Mithuna (Gemini), in Manda's daśā, the man is destitute of forbearance, given to sons, wealth and enjoyments; there is loss of wealth through women and thieves; he is engaged in others' business and is tormented in battle.

मन्ददशायां शशिभे चिन्तायुक्तोऽस्वतन्त्रश्च। मातृसुतबन्धुहीनो नेत्रश्रवणादिदुर्बलो धीमान्

mandadaśāyāṃ śaśibhe cintāyukto'svatantraśca| mātṛsutabandhuhīno netraśravaṇādidurbalo dhīmān

In Manda's daśā, ⟨with Saturn⟩ in the Moon's sign (Karka, Cancer): he is filled with anxiety and is not his own master; bereft of mother, sons and kinsmen; weak in eyes, ears and the rest — ⟨yet⟩ intelligent.

सिंहे सिंहांशे वा मन्ददशायामनेकरोगयुतः। सुतदारबन्धुकलहो गोमहिषाश्वादिवित्तवान् भवति

siṃhe siṃhāṃśe vā mandadaśāyāmanekarogayutaḥ| sutadārabandhukalaho gomahiṣāśvādivittavān bhavati

In Siṃha (Leo), or in the Siṃha aṃśa, in Manda's daśā, he is joined with many diseases; there is quarrel with sons, wife and kinsmen; he becomes possessed of wealth in cattle, buffaloes, horses and the like.

कन्याश्रितमन्ददशा ददाति विद्याधनं श्रमोत्पत्तिम्। भूरुहजलप्रमाथी गुरुद्विजाचार्ययोगिनां दयितः

kanyāśritamandadaśā dadāti vidyādhanaṃ śramotpattim| bhūruhajalapramāthī gurudvijācāryayogināṃ dayitaḥ

The daśā of Manda resorting to Kanyā (Virgo) gives wealth from learning ⟨and⟩ the arising of toil. He is a ravager of trees and waters, and dear to gurus, to the twice-born, to teachers and to yogins.

उच्चाश्रितमन्ददशा ज्ञानधनैश्वर्यसम्पन्नम्। जनयति लोके श्रुतवान् स्वभावतोऽर्थागमं सुखं लभते

uccāśritamandadaśā jñānadhanaiśvaryasampannam| janayati loke śrutavān svabhāvato'rthāgamaṃ sukhaṃ labhate

The daśā of Manda resorting to exaltation ⟨Tulā⟩ produces ⟨a man⟩ endowed in the world with knowledge, wealth and lordship; learned, he obtains by his very nature the coming of wealth and happiness.

मन्ददशायां कीटे वधबन्धरतो वृथाटनोऽनृतवान्। कृपणो दयाविहीनो नीचजनानुग्रहोपजीवी स्यात्

mandadaśāyāṃ kīṭe vadhabandharato vṛthāṭano'nṛtavān| kṛpaṇo dayāvihīno nīcajanānugrahopajīvī syāt

In Manda's daśā, ⟨with Saturn⟩ in Kīṭa (Vṛścika, Scorpio): he is given to violence and bondage, wanders to no purpose, is untruthful, miserly, devoid of compassion, and lives upon the favour of low people.

चापे मन्ददशायां स्वस्थो नृपसम्मतो नृपेन्द्रो वा। जीवधनादिप्राप्तिः सुतदारसमन्वितो रणोत्साही

cāpe mandadaśāyāṃ svastho nṛpasammato nṛpendro vā| jīvadhanādiprāptiḥ sutadārasamanvito raṇotsāhī

In Cāpa (Dhanus, Sagittarius), in Manda's daśā: he is sound in himself, esteemed by the king, or is himself a lord of kings; there is gain of livestock, wealth and the rest; he is possessed of sons and wife, and eager for battle.

मकरे मन्ददशायां बहुश्रमोत्पन्नवित्तवान् सुभगः। वन्ध्याजराङ्गनानां दयितो विश्वासतोऽर्थहानिः स्यात्

makare mandadaśāyāṃ bahuśramotpannavittavān subhagaḥ| vandhyājarāṅganānāṃ dayito viśvāsato'rthahāniḥ syāt

In Makara (Capricorn), in Manda's daśā: he has wealth produced by much toil, and is comely; he is dear to barren and to aged women; and there will be loss of wealth through trust ⟨placed in others⟩.

मूलत्रिकोणसंस्थितशनेर्दशायां सुखानि सिध्यन्ति। स्वकुलश्रेष्ठो मतिमान् कृषिपशुधनधान्यपुत्रवान् भवति

mūlatrikoṇasaṃsthitaśanerdaśāyāṃ sukhāni sidhyanti| svakulaśreṣṭho matimān kṛṣipaśudhanadhānyaputravān bhavati

In the daśā of Śani stationed in his mūlatrikoṇa ⟨Kumbha⟩, comforts are accomplished; he becomes the best of his own family, of good understanding, and possessed of agriculture, cattle, wealth, grain and sons.

मीने मन्ददशायामल्पोत्साहाद्धनानि सिध्यन्ति। श्रेणीग्रामपुराणामीशो वनितादृतोऽपि मोक्षार्थी

mīne mandadaśāyāmalpotsāhāddhanāni sidhyanti| śreṇīgrāmapurāṇāmīśo vanitādṛto'pi mokṣārthī

In Mīna (Pisces), in Manda's daśā, riches are accomplished from little effort; he is lord of guilds, villages and towns; and though held in regard by women, he is a seeker of liberation.

आयव्ययतुल्यधनो मूढदशायां शनेरसन्तोषः। क्षणभङ्गुरातिकीर्तिर्विविधैः क्लेशैश्च पीडितो भवति

āyavyayatulyadhano mūḍhadaśāyāṃ śanerasantoṣaḥ| kṣaṇabhaṅgurātikīrtirvividhaiḥ kleśaiśca pīḍito bhavati

In the daśā of Śani combust (mūḍha), his wealth is income equal to expenditure, and there is discontent; his great fame is perishable in a moment; and he is afflicted by troubles of many kinds.

राश्यंशकफलमेवं प्रोक्तं बलवत्तरं तयोः कथितम्। राश्यंशकबलसाम्यं समानरूपं वदेत्प्राज्ञः

rāśyaṃśakaphalamevaṃ proktaṃ balavattaraṃ tayoḥ kathitam| rāśyaṃśakabalasāmyaṃ samānarūpaṃ vadetprājñaḥ

Thus the result of the rāśi and of the aṃśaka has been declared; ⟨and⟩ of the two, the stronger has been said ⟨to prevail⟩. When the strength of rāśi and aṃśaka is equal, the wise man should declare a result of equal form ⟨drawn alike from both⟩.

एवं ग्रहाणां विविधैः प्रकारैर्दशाफलान्यत्र मयेरितानि। ज्ञात्वा नराणां प्रकृतिं समग्रां समादिशेत्तत्र समानरूपम्

evaṃ grahāṇāṃ vividhaiḥ prakārairdaśāphalānyatra mayeritāni| jñātvā narāṇāṃ prakṛtiṃ samagrāṃ samādiśettatra samānarūpam

Thus have the daśā results of the grahas been set forth here by me in various ways. Having known the entire nature of men, one should declare therein a result of like form ⟨answering to that nature⟩.

अथ सङ्कीर्णदशायां स्थानसुखार्था भवन्ति बलहीनाः। परगृहनिवासशीलो लोके मान्योऽतिविद्वांश्च

atha saṅkīrṇadaśāyāṃ sthānasukhārthā bhavanti balahīnāḥ| paragṛhanivāsaśīlo loke mānyo'tividvāṃśca

Now, in a mixed (saṅkīrṇa) daśā, position, comfort and wealth become devoid of strength; ⟨the native⟩ is of the habit of dwelling in another's house, ⟨yet⟩ honoured in the world and exceedingly learned.

अनुवक्रस्य दशायां स्वमानशौर्यान्वितो धनी भवति। शस्तगृहे शस्तांशे रिःफाष्टमवर्जिते स्वराज्याप्तिः

anuvakrasya daśāyāṃ svamānaśauryānvito dhanī bhavati| śastagṛhe śastāṃśe riḥphāṣṭamavarjite svarājyāptiḥ

In the daśā of a graha in anuvakra ⟨motion⟩ one is possessed of self-regard and valour, and becomes wealthy. ⟨If that graha stands⟩ in a commendable sign and a commendable aṃśa, excepting the 12th (riḥpha) and the 8th, there is attainment of one's own kingdom.

नीचारिभवनसंस्थितवक्रदशायां कुकर्मरतः। बन्धुजनगर्हितात्मा विदेशनिरतोऽस्वतन्त्रश्च

nīcāribhavanasaṃsthitavakradaśāyāṃ kukarmarataḥ| bandhujanagarhitātmā videśanirato'svatantraśca

In the daśā of a retrograde (vakra) graha situated in its debilitation sign or in an enemy's house, ⟨the native is⟩ addicted to evil deeds, one whose very self is reviled by his kinsfolk, given over to foreign parts, and not his own master.

राहोर्दशान्तरस्थग्रहयोर्मध्ये द्विवर्षमतिदुःखम्। बन्धुविनाशं रोगं लभते शत्रोर्दशान्तरदशायाम्

rāhordaśāntarasthagrahayormadhye dvivarṣamatiduḥkham| bandhuvināśaṃ rogaṃ labhate śatrordaśāntaradaśāyām

In the midst of ⟨the period of⟩ Rāhu and of the graha standing in his antardaśā there is extreme misery for two years. In the antara-daśā of an enemy ⟨graha⟩ he obtains destruction of kinsmen, and disease.

राहुयुतग्रहपाकः शुभदोऽप्यशुभेन तुल्यफलपाकः। पाकस्यान्ते व्याधिं दुःखं वा भ्रंशमावहति

rāhuyutagrahapākaḥ śubhado'pyaśubhena tulyaphalapākaḥ| pākasyānte vyādhiṃ duḥkhaṃ vā bhraṃśamāvahati

The pāka (ripening period, i.e. the daśā) of a graha joined with Rāhu, though it be a giver of good, ripens fruit equal to that of a malefic; at the end of the pāka it brings on disease, sorrow, or a fall ⟨from station⟩.

होराजन्माधिपयोः शत्रुदशायां परिभ्रमं लभते। राज्यच्युतो विपक्षैरभिभूतोऽरिं समाश्रयति

horājanmādhipayoḥ śatrudaśāyāṃ paribhramaṃ labhate| rājyacyuto vipakṣairabhibhūto'riṃ samāśrayati

In the daśā of an enemy of the lords of the horā (the ascendant) and of the birth ⟨sign⟩, he gets wandering about; fallen from his kingdom and overpowered by adversaries, he takes refuge with an enemy.

नीचारिषष्ठव्ययसंश्रिता हि शुभाः प्रयच्छन्त्यशुभानि सर्वे। शुभेतरे तेषु गताः प्रयच्छन्त्यनेकदुःखानि दशासु तेषाम्

nīcāriṣaṣṭhavyayasaṃśritā hi śubhāḥ prayacchantyaśubhāni sarve| śubhetare teṣu gatāḥ prayacchantyanekaduḥkhāni daśāsu teṣām

Benefics resorting to debilitation, to an enemy's ⟨house⟩, to the 6th or to the 12th — all of them give inauspicious results; and malefics gone into those ⟨same places⟩ give many sorrows in their daśās.

रोगं ददाति भृगुजः स्वगृहेऽष्टमस्थः पापान्वितो मरणकृत् स्वदशावसाने। लग्नेश्वरोऽष्टमगतोऽप्यशुभेन सार्द्धं तस्यान्तरान्तरदशा मरणं करोति

rogaṃ dadāti bhṛgujaḥ svagṛhe'ṣṭamasthaḥ pāpānvito maraṇakṛt svadaśāvasāne| lagneśvaro'ṣṭamagato'pyaśubhena sārddhaṃ tasyāntarāntaradaśā maraṇaṃ karoti

Venus (bhṛguja), standing in the 8th which is his own house, gives disease; joined with a malefic he becomes a causer of death at the close of his own daśā. The lord of the lagna too, gone to the 8th together with a malefic — his sub-sub-period (antara-antara-daśā) causes death.

निधनाधिपतेः केन्द्रे स्थितस्य शुभदा दशा यदाऽस्तमितः। केन्द्रे राहुयुतो वा स तस्य काले मृतिं वदेत् प्राज्ञः

nidhanādhipateḥ kendre sthitasya śubhadā daśā yadā'stamitaḥ| kendre rāhuyuto vā sa tasya kāle mṛtiṃ vadet prājñaḥ

The daśā of the lord of the 8th (nidhana) standing in a kendra is a giver of good; ⟨but⟩ when he is combust, or is joined with Rāhu in a kendra, the wise ⟨astrologer⟩ should declare death in his period.

लग्नेश्वरोऽष्टमस्थो वा यदि तस्य दशान्तरे। प्राणसन्देहमाप्नोति दशान्ते जीवितं त्यजेत्

lagneśvaro'ṣṭamastho vā yadi tasya daśāntare| prāṇasandehamāpnoti daśānte jīvitaṃ tyajet

Or if the lord of the lagna is placed in the 8th, then in his antardaśā ⟨the native⟩ meets danger to life, and at the end of the daśā he gives up living.

क्षेत्रोच्चसंस्थिता यस्य ये ग्रहाः केन्द्रलाभगाः। कारकाख्यग्रहा ज्ञेयाः खमध्यस्थो विशेषतः

kṣetroccasaṃsthitā yasya ye grahāḥ kendralābhagāḥ| kārakākhyagrahā jñeyāḥ khamadhyastho viśeṣataḥ

Those grahas of a ⟨native⟩ which, situated in their own sign or in exaltation, go to a kendra or to the 11th (lābha), are to be known as the grahas called kāraka (significators) — and especially one standing at mid-heaven (the 10th).

कर्मेशः केन्द्रगो वाऽपि कश्चित्कारकसञ्ज्ञितः। कर्मभाग्याधिपौ केन्द्रे स्थितौ यस्य शुभप्रदौ

karmeśaḥ kendrago vā'pi kaścitkārakasañjñitaḥ| karmabhāgyādhipau kendre sthitau yasya śubhapradau

The lord of the 10th (karma) too, when he goes to a kendra, is by some designated kāraka. The lords of the 10th and of the 9th (bhāgya) standing in a kendra are, for the man ⟨who has them so⟩, givers of good.

कारकग्रहयुक्तौ चेत् स्वकुलश्रेष्ठतां व्रजेत्। तद्दशायां न सन्देहः स्वाभीष्टफलमाप्नुयात्

kārakagrahayuktau cet svakulaśreṣṭhatāṃ vrajet| taddaśāyāṃ na sandehaḥ svābhīṣṭaphalamāpnuyāt

If those two are joined with a kāraka graha, ⟨the native⟩ attains pre-eminence in his own family; and in their daśā — there is no doubt of it — he obtains the fruit he himself desires.

चन्द्राधिष्ठितराशेर्नाथो लग्नाधिपोऽथवा यस्य। केन्द्रगतः ससुरेड्यो वयसो मध्ये सुखं तस्य

candrādhiṣṭhitarāśernātho lagnādhipo'thavā yasya| kendragataḥ sasureḍyo vayaso madhye sukhaṃ tasya

He whose lord of the rāśi occupied by the Moon, or lord of the lagna, stands in a kendra together with Jupiter (sureḍya, 'praised by the gods') — his comfort ⟨comes⟩ in the middle of his life.

पापग्रहांशकदशा बाल्ये ज्ञानक्रियासु विघ्नकरी। मूढग्रहांशकदशा तथैव वाच्या न सन्देहः

pāpagrahāṃśakadaśā bālye jñānakriyāsu vighnakarī| mūḍhagrahāṃśakadaśā tathaiva vācyā na sandehaḥ

The aṃśaka-daśā of a malefic graha, in childhood, is a maker of obstacles in learning and in ⟨ritual⟩ acts; the aṃśaka-daśā of a combust (mūḍha) graha is to be declared just the same — there is no doubt.

स्वोच्चस्वक्षेत्रगतैर्बलिभिः केन्द्राश्रितैः कुजाद्यैश्च। रुचको भद्रो हंसो मालव्यः शश इति ख्यातः

svoccasvakṣetragatairbalibhiḥ kendrāśritaiḥ kujādyaiśca| rucako bhadro haṃso mālavyaḥ śaśa iti khyātaḥ

By Mars and the rest — strong, gone to their own exaltation or their own sign, and resorting to a kendra — ⟨the yogas⟩ known as Rucaka, Bhadra, Haṃsa, Mālavya and Śaśa ⟨arise⟩.

योगा अमी न युक्ता यद्यन्यग्रहभवैर्बहुलयोगैः। उत्तमकुलजातानां नॄणां सम्यक् पृथक् फलं दद्युः

yogā amī na yuktā yadyanyagrahabhavairbahulayogaiḥ| uttamakulajātānāṃ nṝṇāṃ samyak pṛthak phalaṃ dadyuḥ

If these yogas are not joined with the many yogas arising from the other grahas, then for men born in noble families they give their fruit fully and each apart.

नित्यं धनैश्वर्ययुताः प्रसिद्धास्तेजस्विनः पुण्ययुता नरेन्द्राः। गजाश्वभाजो बहुरत्नपूर्णा दीर्घायुषस्ते पुरुषा भवन्ति

nityaṃ dhanaiśvaryayutāḥ prasiddhāstejasvinaḥ puṇyayutā narendrāḥ| gajāśvabhājo bahuratnapūrṇā dīrghāyuṣaste puruṣā bhavanti

Those men become perpetually endowed with wealth and lordship, renowned, brilliant, possessed of merit, kings, enjoyers of elephants and horses, filled with many jewels, and long-lived.

बलरहितेन्दुरविभ्यां युक्तैर्भौमादिभिर्ग्रहैः पुरुषाः। न भवन्ति भूमिपाला दशासु तेषां सुतार्थसंयुक्ताः

balarahitenduravibhyāṃ yuktairbhaumādibhirgrahaiḥ puruṣāḥ| na bhavanti bhūmipālā daśāsu teṣāṃ sutārthasaṃyuktāḥ

When Mars and the rest are joined with a strengthless Moon and Sun, men do not become rulers of the earth; in their daśās they are ⟨merely⟩ furnished with sons and wealth.

उत्तमयोगे जाता ये तेषां जीवनं सुखार्थयुतम्। विपरीते विपरीतं त्वित्याह ब्रह्मशौण्डाख्यः

uttamayoge jātā ye teṣāṃ jīvanaṃ sukhārthayutam| viparīte viparītaṃ tvityāha brahmaśauṇḍākhyaḥ

Those who are born under an excellent yoga — their life is furnished with comfort and wealth; under the contrary, the contrary. So has he named Brahmaśauṇḍa declared.

तुङ्गाद्भ्रष्टस्य दशा सर्वारम्भेषु निष्फलं कुरुते। होराधिपारिभवने भ्रष्टदशा मृत्युमावहति

tuṅgādbhraṣṭasya daśā sarvārambheṣu niṣphalaṃ kurute| horādhipāribhavane bhraṣṭadaśā mṛtyumāvahati

The daśā of a ⟨graha⟩ fallen from exaltation makes all undertakings fruitless. When the fall is in the house of an enemy of the lord of the horā (the ascendant), the daśā of the fallen ⟨graha⟩ brings on death.

षष्ठाष्टमस्थोऽशुभदस्तु रौद्रो द्विषा शुभस्थानगतेन दृष्टः। स्वस्यां दशायां स करोति मृत्युं व्याध्यध्वतापादिपरिक्षयं वा

ṣaṣṭhāṣṭamastho'śubhadastu raudro dviṣā śubhasthānagatena dṛṣṭaḥ| svasyāṃ daśāyāṃ sa karoti mṛtyuṃ vyādhyadhvatāpādiparikṣayaṃ vā

A fierce ⟨graha⟩ (raudra — a malefic) standing in the 6th or the 8th is a giver of evil; aspected by an enemy that has gone to an auspicious place, in his own daśā he causes death, or ruin through disease, journeying, fever and the like.

व्योमाम्बुवाय्वग्निमहीस्वभावा जीवासुरेड्यार्किमहीजसौम्याः। छायां मरुत्पित्तकफानुरूपां मिश्रैस्तु मिश्रा बलिभिर्नृपस्य

vyomāmbuvāyvagnimahīsvabhāvā jīvāsureḍyārkimahījasaumyāḥ| chāyāṃ marutpittakaphānurūpāṃ miśraistu miśrā balibhirnṛpasya

Jupiter (jīva), Venus (asureḍya), Saturn (arki), Mars (mahīja) and Mercury (saumya) are by nature ether, water, wind, fire and earth ⟨respectively⟩. The chāyā ⟨of a person is⟩ conformable to wind, bile and phlegm; but by strong ⟨grahas⟩ that are mixed it is mixed — ⟨such is the chāyā⟩ of a king.

छाया शुभा शुभफलानि निवेदयन्ती लक्ष्या मनुष्यपशुपक्षिषु लक्षणज्ञैः। तेजोगुणान् बहिरपि प्रविकासयन्ती दीपप्रभास्फटिकरत्नघटस्थितेव

chāyā śubhā śubhaphalāni nivedayantī lakṣyā manuṣyapaśupakṣiṣu lakṣaṇajñaiḥ| tejoguṇān bahirapi pravikāsayantī dīpaprabhāsphaṭikaratnaghaṭasthiteva

An auspicious chāyā, announcing auspicious results, is to be discerned by those skilled in marks, in men, beasts and birds — unfolding the qualities of its lustre outwards as well, like the light of a lamp set within a jar of crystal gem.

स्निग्धद्विजत्वङ्नखरोमकेशा च्छाया सुगन्धा च महीसमुत्था। तुष्ट्यर्थलाभाभ्युदयान् करोति धर्मस्य चाहन्यहनि प्रवृत्तिम्

snigdhadvijatvaṅnakharomakeśā cchāyā sugandhā ca mahīsamutthā| tuṣṭyarthalābhābhyudayān karoti dharmasya cāhanyahani pravṛttim

That chāyā in which teeth, skin, nails, body-hair and head-hair are glossy, and which is fragrant, has arisen from earth. It brings about contentment, gain of wealth and advancement, and day after day an inclination towards dharma.

स्निग्धा सिताच्छहरिता नयनाभिरामा सौभाग्यमार्दवसुखाभ्युदयान् करोति। सर्वार्थसिद्धिजननी जननीव चाप्या छाया फलं तनुभृतां शुभमादधाति

snigdhā sitācchaharitā nayanābhirāmā saubhāgyamārdavasukhābhyudayān karoti| sarvārthasiddhijananī jananīva cāpyā chāyā phalaṃ tanubhṛtāṃ śubhamādadhāti

Glossy, white, clear and green, delightful to the eyes, the watery (āpyā) chāyā brings about good fortune, gentleness, comfort and advancement; begetter of the accomplishment of every aim, like a mother it confers auspicious fruit on embodied beings.

चण्डाधृष्या पद्महेमाग्निवर्णा युक्ता तेजोविक्रमैः सप्रतापैः। आग्नेयीति प्राणिनां स्याज्जयाय क्षिप्रं सिद्धिं वाञ्छितार्थस्य दत्ते

caṇḍādhṛṣyā padmahemāgnivarṇā yuktā tejovikramaiḥ sapratāpaiḥ| āgneyīti prāṇināṃ syājjayāya kṣipraṃ siddhiṃ vāñchitārthasya datte

Fierce, not to be withstood, of the colour of the lotus, of gold and of fire, endowed with lustre and prowess together with majesty — this is the fiery (āgneyī) ⟨chāyā⟩; it makes for the victory of living beings and swiftly gives the accomplishment of the desired object.

असितजलदकान्तिः पापगन्धोऽतिगूढो मलिनपरुषकालः शोकसन्तापतप्तः। स भवति धनहीनः प्राक्तनार्थस्य हानिर्विचरति पवनोत्था यस्य कान्तिः शरीरे

asitajaladakāntiḥ pāpagandho'tigūḍho malinaparuṣakālaḥ śokasantāpataptaḥ| sa bhavati dhanahīnaḥ prāktanārthasya hānirvicarati pavanotthā yasya kāntiḥ śarīre

He upon whose body there moves the radiance born of wind — of the hue of a black cloud, of foul smell, exceedingly hidden, dirty, harsh and dark, scorched with grief and burning — he becomes destitute of wealth, and ⟨there is⟩ loss of what he had earned before.

शब्दार्थविन्यासपरः प्रगल्भो विज्ञानयुक्तो महितस्वभावः। श्लथाङ्गसन्धिः कृशपाणिपादौ व्योमप्रकृत्या पुरुषोऽतिदीर्घः

śabdārthavinyāsaparaḥ pragalbho vijñānayukto mahitasvabhāvaḥ| ślathāṅgasandhiḥ kṛśapāṇipādau vyomaprakṛtyā puruṣo'tidīrghaḥ

Intent on the disposition of words and their meanings, bold, endowed with discernment, of honoured nature, with slack joints of the limbs and thin hands and feet — such a man is of ethereal constitution, and exceedingly tall.

चिन्तास्वप्नानुभवे परिणमति फलं विहीनवीर्यस्य। पञ्चमहापुरुषोक्तच्छायास्वेतानि योजयेदत्र

cintāsvapnānubhave pariṇamati phalaṃ vihīnavīryasya| pañcamahāpuruṣoktacchāyāsvetāni yojayedatra

For one devoid of strength the fruit ripens ⟨only⟩ in the experience of thought and of dream. Among the chāyās declared for the five great men (pañca-mahāpuruṣa), these one should apply here.

आकृतिजातिप्रकृतीर्ज्ञात्वा सम्यक् फलं हि वक्तव्यम्। कुलदेशवयोऽनुगुणं दशाक्रमज्ञैर्यथान्यायम्

ākṛtijātiprakṛtīrjñātvā samyak phalaṃ hi vaktavyam| kuladeśavayo'nuguṇaṃ daśākramajñairyathānyāyam

Having understood ⟨the native's⟩ figure, birth-class (jāti) and natures, the result is indeed to be declared correctly — in conformity with family, country and age — by those who know the order of the daśās, as the rule requires.

अष्टवर्गस्य वाक्यानि सूर्यादीनां यथाक्रमम्।

aṣṭavargasya vākyāni sūryādīnāṃ yathākramam|

The vākyas ⟨mnemonic formulae⟩ of the aṣṭavarga of the Sun and the rest, in due order.

ग्रहप्रभृतिसंस्थानं निर्दिशेदक्षरैः क्रमात्। राशिचक्रं लिखेद्भूमौ संयोज्याक्षरसङ्ख्यया

grahaprabhṛtisaṃsthānaṃ nirdiśedakṣaraiḥ kramāt| rāśicakraṃ likhedbhūmau saṃyojyākṣarasaṅkhyayā

One should set out the disposition ⟨of the bindus⟩ of the grahas and the rest by letters, in order; one should draw the rāśi-cakra on the ground and enter ⟨in it⟩ the number ⟨denoted⟩ by the letters.

शून्याक्षरेण दशमं निर्दिशेद्विधिवत्ततः। सूर्यादिलग्नपर्यन्तमेतैर्वाक्यैर्विनिक्षिपेत्

śūnyākṣareṇa daśamaṃ nirdiśedvidhivattataḥ| sūryādilagnaparyantametairvākyairvinikṣipet

By the letter for zero one should then duly indicate the tenth; and from the Sun as far as the lagna one should distribute ⟨the bindus⟩ by means of these vākyas.

स्वेषु स्वेष्वष्टवर्गेषु ग्रहाणां च पृथक् पृथक्। दशां द्वादशसम्भिन्नां योजयेत्तत्र तत्र हि

sveṣu sveṣvaṣṭavargeṣu grahāṇāṃ ca pṛthak pṛthak| daśāṃ dvādaśasambhinnāṃ yojayettatra tatra hi

In the several aṣṭavargas of the grahas, each apart, one should fit the daśā, divided into twelve, to each place in turn —

ग्रहादिना फलं ज्ञात्वा निर्दिशेच्च पृथक् पृथक्।

grahādinā phalaṃ jñātvā nirdiśecca pṛthak pṛthak|

— and, having ascertained the result by the graha and the rest, one should declare it separately for each.

दशायां शून्यभावेषु शत्रुनीचगृहेषु च

daśāyāṃ śūnyabhāveṣu śatrunīcagṛheṣu ca

In the daśā ⟨of a graha standing⟩ in bhāvas void ⟨of bindus⟩, and in the houses of enemies and of debilitation —

व्याध्यर्थनाशदुःखादींल्लभते नात्र संशयः। एकद्वित्रिफलं राशौ धनधान्यपशुक्षयः

vyādhyarthanāśaduḥkhādīṃllabhate nātra saṃśayaḥ| ekadvitriphalaṃ rāśau dhanadhānyapaśukṣayaḥ

— ⟨the native⟩ meets with disease, loss of wealth, sorrow and the like; there is no doubt here. When a rāśi has the value of one, two or three ⟨bindus⟩, ⟨there is⟩ ruin of money, grain and cattle.

चत्वारि मध्यमानि स्युर्दशा तत्रैव मध्यमा। पञ्चमादिफलैर्युक्तं स्थानं स्यात्सर्वसिद्धिदम्

catvāri madhyamāni syurdaśā tatraiva madhyamā| pañcamādiphalairyuktaṃ sthānaṃ syātsarvasiddhidam

Four ⟨bindus⟩ are middling, and the daśā there is middling likewise. A place furnished with the value of five and upwards yields every accomplishment.

क्षेत्रोच्चोपचयस्थाने फलमेतदुदाहृतम्। पूर्वोक्तमार्गेण शुभमष्टवर्गं विनिर्दिशेत्

kṣetroccopacayasthāne phalametadudāhṛtam| pūrvoktamārgeṇa śubhamaṣṭavargaṃ vinirdiśet

This result is stated for a position in ⟨its own⟩ sign, in exaltation, or in an upacaya ⟨house⟩. By the method stated before one should declare the auspicious aṣṭavarga.

शुभानि द्विगुणं कुर्युरन्यथा चान्यथा भवेत्। एवं द्वादशमूर्त्यादिस्थानेषु च दशाफलम्

śubhāni dviguṇaṃ kuryuranyathā cānyathā bhavet| evaṃ dvādaśamūrtyādisthāneṣu ca daśāphalam

Auspicious ⟨positions⟩ make ⟨the result⟩ double; otherwise it turns out otherwise. In this way ⟨is known⟩ the daśā result also in the twelve places beginning with the mūrti ⟨the 1st house⟩.

मूर्त्तेः शरीरसम्पत्तिमङ्गोपाङ्गनिरूपणम्। सत्यं सौभाग्यवित्तं च द्वितीयस्थानतो विदुः

mūrtteḥ śarīrasampattimaṅgopāṅganirūpaṇam| satyaṃ saubhāgyavittaṃ ca dvitīyasthānato viduḥ

From the mūrti ⟨the 1st house⟩, the body's well-being and the determination of the limbs and minor limbs; truth, good fortune and wealth they know from the second place.

स्वरं सत्त्वं विक्रमं च भ्रातरं च तृतीयभात्। सुखं बन्धुर्गुणश्चैव मातृचिन्ता च तुर्यतः

svaraṃ sattvaṃ vikramaṃ ca bhrātaraṃ ca tṛtīyabhāt| sukhaṃ bandhurguṇaścaiva mātṛcintā ca turyataḥ

Voice, character, valour and brother from the third bhāva; happiness, kinsman and quality, and the consideration of the mother, from the fourth.

स्वभावो बुद्धिविस्तारः पुत्रस्थानं तु पञ्चमम्। ज्ञातिशत्रुक्षतादीनि षष्ठेन च विचिन्तयेत्

svabhāvo buddhivistāraḥ putrasthānaṃ tu pañcamam| jñātiśatrukṣatādīni ṣaṣṭhena ca vicintayet

Own nature and breadth of intellect ⟨from the fifth⟩; the fifth, moreover, is the place of sons. Kinsmen, enemies, wounds and the like one should consider by the sixth.

प्रसवं दारसौभाग्यं सप्तमस्थानतो विदुः। आधिव्याधिमृतीर्नाशमष्टमं परिचक्षते

prasavaṃ dārasaubhāgyaṃ saptamasthānato viduḥ| ādhivyādhimṛtīrnāśamaṣṭamaṃ paricakṣate

Progeny and the good fortune of the wife they know from the seventh place; mental affliction and bodily disease, deaths, and ruin — for these they reckon the eighth.

भाग्यस्थानं गुरुस्थानं धर्मस्थानं ततः परम्। कर्माजीवस्तु दशमो प्रतापः पौरुषं श्रुतिः

bhāgyasthānaṃ gurusthānaṃ dharmasthānaṃ tataḥ param| karmājīvastu daśamo pratāpaḥ pauruṣaṃ śrutiḥ

Beyond that ⟨the ninth⟩ is the place of fortune, the place of the guru, the place of dharma. The tenth is work and livelihood; ⟨also⟩ majesty, manly effort, sacred learning —

कीर्तिश्च ज्ञायते तत्र दृष्टादृष्टनिरूपणम्। ऐश्वर्यमर्थलाभं च विदुरेकादशाद्गृहात्

kīrtiśca jñāyate tatra dṛṣṭādṛṣṭanirūpaṇam| aiśvaryamarthalābhaṃ ca vidurekādaśādgṛhāt

— and fame is known there, and the determination of the seen and the unseen. Lordship and gain of wealth they know from the eleventh house.

द्वादशं तु व्ययस्थानं पापस्थानं प्रचक्षते। एवं द्वादश भावेषु चिन्तयेन्मतिमान्नरः

dvādaśaṃ tu vyayasthānaṃ pāpasthānaṃ pracakṣate| evaṃ dvādaśa bhāveṣu cintayenmatimānnaraḥ

The twelfth they declare to be the place of expenditure and the place of sin. In this way let the man of understanding consider ⟨all⟩ twelve bhāvas.

पापान्वितास्तु ये भावास्ते भावाः स्युर्विनाशिनः। सौम्याः सिद्धिकरा ज्ञेया मिश्रा मिश्रफलप्रदाः

pāpānvitāstu ye bhāvāste bhāvāḥ syurvināśinaḥ| saumyāḥ siddhikarā jñeyā miśrā miśraphalapradāḥ

Those bhāvas that are attended by malefics are bhāvas that destroy; benefics are to be known as bringing accomplishment, and mixed ⟨ones⟩ give mixed results.

मित्रोच्चभवनस्थश्चेत्पापः शुभफलं दिशेत्। अरातिनीचभस्थश्चेच्छुभः पापफलं दिशेत्

mitroccabhavanasthaścetpāpaḥ śubhaphalaṃ diśet| arātinīcabhasthaścecchubhaḥ pāpaphalaṃ diśet

If a malefic stands in a friend's house or in exaltation, it gives an auspicious result; if a benefic stands in an enemy's sign or in debilitation, it gives a malefic result.

एवमादिफलैः सार्द्धं दशाफलमुदीरयेत्। आत्मप्रभावशक्तिश्च पितृचिन्ता रवेः फलम्

evamādiphalaiḥ sārddhaṃ daśāphalamudīrayet| ātmaprabhāvaśaktiśca pitṛcintā raveḥ phalam

Together with results of this kind one should pronounce the daśā result. The self, dignity and strength, and the consideration of the father, are the Sun's result.

मनो बुद्धिप्रसादश्च मातृचिन्ता तु चन्द्रतः। भ्रातृसत्त्वगुणान् भूमिं भौमेन तु विचिन्तयेत्

mano buddhiprasādaśca mātṛcintā tu candrataḥ| bhrātṛsattvaguṇān bhūmiṃ bhaumena tu vicintayet

Mind, clarity of intellect, and the consideration of the mother, from the Moon; brothers, courage and qualities, and land, one should consider by Mars.

प्रज्ञावाक्कर्मविज्ञानं बुधेनैव विनिर्दिशेत्। गुरुणा देहपुष्टिं च बुद्धिपुत्रार्थसम्पदः

prajñāvākkarmavijñānaṃ budhenaiva vinirdiśet| guruṇā dehapuṣṭiṃ ca buddhiputrārthasampadaḥ

Wisdom, speech, action and discernment one should declare by Mercury alone; by Jupiter, the body's nourishment, and abundance of intellect, sons and wealth.

शुक्राद्विवाहकर्म स्याद्भोगस्थानं च वाहनम्। आयुश्च जीवनोपायो मरणं च शनैश्चरात्

śukrādvivāhakarma syādbhogasthānaṃ ca vāhanam| āyuśca jīvanopāyo maraṇaṃ ca śanaiścarāt

From Venus come the act of marriage, the seat of enjoyment, and the vehicle; longevity, the means of living, and death, from Saturn.

बलहीना ग्रहा ये स्युर्जन्मकाले सदा नृणाम्। तेषामुक्तं फलं हीनं विपरीतं शनेः स्मृतम्

balahīnā grahā ye syurjanmakāle sadā nṛṇām| teṣāmuktaṃ phalaṃ hīnaṃ viparītaṃ śaneḥ smṛtam

Those grahas that are devoid of strength at the birth-time of men — the result declared for them is always deficient; of Saturn the reverse is held.

स्वेषु स्वेष्वष्टवर्गेषु ग्रहोक्तफलमादिशेत्। अष्टवर्गादृते नैव दशाज्ञानं भवेत् ध्रुवम्

sveṣu sveṣvaṣṭavargeṣu grahoktaphalamādiśet| aṣṭavargādṛte naiva daśājñānaṃ bhavet dhruvam

In their own several aṣṭavargas one should declare the result stated for each graha. Without the aṣṭavarga there can be no knowledge of the daśā at all; this is certain.

आदित्याष्टकवर्गे च निक्षिप्याकाशचारिषु। अर्कस्थितस्य नवमो राशिः पितृगृहं स्मृतः

ādityāṣṭakavarge ca nikṣipyākāśacāriṣu| arkasthitasya navamo rāśiḥ pitṛgṛhaṃ smṛtaḥ

And in the Sun's aṣṭakavarga, having deposited ⟨the bindus⟩ for the sky-farers, the ninth rāśi from that in which the Sun stands is held to be the father's house.

तद्राशिफलसङ्ख्याभिर्वर्धयेच्छोध्यपिण्डकम्। सप्तविंशतिसम्भाज्यं शेषर्क्षं याति भानुजे

tadrāśiphalasaṅkhyābhirvardhayecchodhyapiṇḍakam| saptaviṃśatisambhājyaṃ śeṣarkṣaṃ yāti bhānuje

One should multiply the śodhya-piṇḍa by the number of the value ⟨of bindus⟩ of that rāśi; ⟨the product⟩ is to be divided by twenty-seven, and when Saturn ⟨bhānuja⟩ comes to the asterism of the remainder —

तस्मिन् काले पितृक्लेशो भविष्यति न संशयः। तत्त्रिकोणगते वाऽपि पितुः पितृसमस्य वा

tasmin kāle pitṛkleśo bhaviṣyati na saṃśayaḥ| tattrikoṇagate vā'pi pituḥ pitṛsamasya vā

— at that time there will be affliction to the father; there is no doubt. Or when ⟨Saturn⟩ has gone to a trikoṇa from that ⟨asterism⟩ as well, of the father, or of one equal to a father —

मरणं तस्य जानीयाद्दशाच्छिद्रमुदीक्ष्य च।

maraṇaṃ tasya jānīyāddaśācchidramudīkṣya ca|

— one should know his death, having also examined the chidra ⟨vulnerable point⟩ of the daśā.

चन्द्रलग्नाद् गुरुस्थानं याते सूर्यसुते सति

candralagnād gurusthānaṃ yāte sūryasute sati

When Saturn ⟨the Sun's son⟩ has gone to the guru-sthāna ⟨the 9th house⟩ from the Moon-lagna —

पित्रोर्नाशस्तत्र काले वक्ष्यते चार्कचन्द्रयोः। दशानुकूलकाले तु योजयेत्कालवित्तमः

pitrornāśastatra kāle vakṣyate cārkacandrayoḥ| daśānukūlakāle tu yojayetkālavittamaḥ

The destruction ⟨death⟩ of the parents at that time is to be told of the Sun and the Moon as well; but the foremost knower of time should apply ⟨it⟩ only at a time consonant with the daśā.

लग्नात्सुखेश्वरांशेशदशायां च पितृक्षयः। सुखनाथदशायां वा पितृनाशस्त्वसंशयः

lagnātsukheśvarāṃśeśadaśāyāṃ ca pitṛkṣayaḥ| sukhanāthadaśāyāṃ vā pitṛnāśastvasaṃśayaḥ

From the lagna, in the daśā of the lord of the navāṃśa ⟨occupied by⟩ the lord of the 4th (sukha) house, ⟨comes⟩ the loss of the father; or in the daśā of the lord of the 4th house itself, the destruction ⟨death⟩ of the father, and that without doubt.

पितृजन्माष्टमे जातस्तदीशो लग्नगोऽपि वा। तेनैव पितृकार्याणि कारयेन्नान्यथा यतः

pitṛjanmāṣṭame jātastadīśo lagnago'pi vā| tenaiva pitṛkāryāṇi kārayennānyathā yataḥ

He who is born in the eighth ⟨asterism⟩ from the father's birth-star, or in whose lagna the lord of that ⟨asterism⟩ stands — by him alone should the father's rites be performed, and not otherwise.

शुभेशे लाभलग्नस्थे चन्द्रलग्नाद्विशेषतः। मित्रग्रहसमायुक्ते माता पितृवशानुगा

śubheśe lābhalagnasthe candralagnādviśeṣataḥ| mitragrahasamāyukte mātā pitṛvaśānugā

When the lord of a benefic ⟨sign⟩ stands in the 11th (lābha) from the lagna — and especially so ⟨reckoned⟩ from the Moon-lagna — joined with a friendly graha, the mother is obedient to the father's will.

तेनैव पितृकार्येषु कर्मशेषं समापयेत्। पितृजन्मतृतीयर्क्षे जातः पितृधनाभितः

tenaiva pitṛkāryeṣu karmaśeṣaṃ samāpayet| pitṛjanmatṛtīyarkṣe jātaḥ pitṛdhanābhitaḥ

By him alone should the remainder of the work be completed among the father's rites. He who is born in the third asterism from the father's birth-star is ⟨endowed⟩ on every side with the father's wealth.

पितृकर्मगृहे जातः पितृतुल्यगुणान्वितः। तदीशे लग्नसंस्थेऽपि पितृश्रेष्ठो भवेत्सुतः

pitṛkarmagṛhe jātaḥ pitṛtulyaguṇānvitaḥ| tadīśe lagnasaṃsthe'pi pitṛśreṣṭho bhavetsutaḥ

He who is born in the karma (10th) ⟨asterism⟩ from the father is endowed with qualities equal to the father's; and if its lord too is placed in the lagna, the son becomes greater than the father.

सूर्याष्टवर्गे यद्राशौ फलं शून्यं प्रजायते। विवाहव्यवहारादि तन्मासे वर्जयेत्सदा

sūryāṣṭavarge yadrāśau phalaṃ śūnyaṃ prajāyate| vivāhavyavahārādi tanmāse varjayetsadā

In the Sun's aṣṭakavarga, in whichever rāśi the figure comes out as zero, in that month one should always avoid marriage, business dealings and the like.

कलहायासदुःखानि शून्यमासि च सन्ति हि। एवमादिफलं ज्ञात्वा मासं प्रतिसमाचरेत्

kalahāyāsaduḥkhāni śūnyamāsi ca santi hi| evamādiphalaṃ jñātvā māsaṃ pratisamācaret

Quarrels, toil and sorrows are indeed present in a zero month. Knowing the results that begin thus, one should conduct oneself month by month ⟨accordingly⟩.

संशोध्य पिण्डं सूर्यस्य रन्ध्रमानेन वर्धयेत्। हृतात् द्वादशभिः शेषं मेषादिगणयेत्पुनः

saṃśodhya piṇḍaṃ sūryasya randhramānena vardhayet| hṛtāt dvādaśabhiḥ śeṣaṃ meṣādigaṇayetpunaḥ

Having reduced (śodhana) the piṇḍa of the Sun, one should multiply it by the measure of the randhra (the 8th). Of that divided by twelve, the remainder is to be counted again from Meṣa —

तस्मिन्मासे मृतिं विद्यात्तत्त्रिकोणर्क्षकेऽपि वा।

tasminmāse mṛtiṃ vidyāttattrikoṇarkṣake'pi vā|

— in that month one should know death ⟨to fall⟩, or also in the ṛkṣa trine to it.

चन्द्राष्टवर्गं निक्षिप्य शून्यफलगते विधौ

candrāṣṭavargaṃ nikṣipya śūnyaphalagate vidhau

Having laid out the Moon's aṣṭakavarga, when the Moon (vidhu) has gone to ⟨a rāśi⟩ of zero figure —

तन्नक्षत्रं परित्यज्य शुभकार्याणि कारयेत्।

tannakṣatraṃ parityajya śubhakāryāṇi kārayet|

— leaving that nakṣatra aside, one should have auspicious acts performed.

चन्द्राष्टमे च नक्षत्रत्रितये च विशेषतः

candrāṣṭame ca nakṣatratritaye ca viśeṣataḥ

And in the eighth from the Moon, and especially in the triad of nakṣatras ⟨there⟩ —

आयासव्याधिदुःखानि लभते नात्र संशयः।

āyāsavyādhiduḥkhāni labhate nātra saṃśayaḥ|

— he obtains toil, disease and sorrows; there is no doubt in this.

चन्द्रात् सुखफलैः पिण्डं वर्धयेद्भैर्विभाजयेत्

candrāt sukhaphalaiḥ piṇḍaṃ vardhayedbhairvibhājayet

⟨Reckoning⟩ from the Moon, one should multiply the piṇḍa by the figures of the 4th (sukha), and divide ⟨the product⟩ by the bhas ⟨the asterisms, 27⟩ —

शेषमृक्षं शनौ याते मातृहानिं विनिर्दिशेत्। तत्त्रिकोणेषु वा केचिदाहुश्छिद्रदशासु च

śeṣamṛkṣaṃ śanau yāte mātṛhāniṃ vinirdiśet| tattrikoṇeṣu vā kecidāhuśchidradaśāsu ca

— when Saturn has gone to the ṛkṣa ⟨given by⟩ the remainder, one should declare harm to the mother. Some say ⟨it falls⟩ in the trikoṇas to that as well, and in the chidra daśās.

चन्द्रलग्नात्सुखस्थाने युते रवितनूभुवा। दृष्टे वा तेन तत्स्थाने पूर्वाह्णे कालसङ्गमे

candralagnātsukhasthāne yute ravitanūbhuvā| dṛṣṭe vā tena tatsthāne pūrvāhṇe kālasaṅgame

When the 4th (sukha) place from the Moon-lagna is joined with Saturn (the Sun's son), or aspected by him — in that place, in the forenoon, at the confluence of the times —

मृत्युं वा दूरगमनं निर्दिशेत्कालचिन्तकः।

mṛtyuṃ vā dūragamanaṃ nirdiśetkālacintakaḥ|

— the reckoner of time should declare death, or a going far away.

चन्द्रात्सुखाष्टमेशांशात् त्रिकोणे दिवसाधिपे

candrātsukhāṣṭameśāṃśāt trikoṇe divasādhipe

From the Moon, when the lord of the day stands in a trikoṇa from the navāṃśa of the lords of the 4th (sukha) and the 8th —

मातुर्वियोगं तन्मासे निर्दिशेल्लग्नतः पितुः। पितृवन्मातृचिन्तायां फलं सर्वं प्रकल्पयेत्

māturviyogaṃ tanmāse nirdiśellagnataḥ pituḥ| pitṛvanmātṛcintāyāṃ phalaṃ sarvaṃ prakalpayet

— one should declare separation from the mother in that month; ⟨reckoned⟩ from the lagna, that of the father. In the consideration of the mother one should devise every result just as for the father.

भौमाष्टवर्गे सञ्चिन्त्या भ्रातृसम्पत्तथैव च। भौमो बलविहीनश्चेद् धीप्रयासान्वितो भवेत्

bhaumāṣṭavarge sañcintyā bhrātṛsampattathaiva ca| bhaumo balavihīnaśced dhīprayāsānvito bhavet

In the aṣṭakavarga of Mars (bhauma) the prosperity of brothers likewise is to be considered. If Mars is devoid of strength, ⟨he⟩ becomes beset with strain of mind.

बुधाष्टवर्गं संशोध्य शेषराशिगते शनौ। पुत्रमित्रविनाशादींल्लभते नात्र संशयः

budhāṣṭavargaṃ saṃśodhya śeṣarāśigate śanau| putramitravināśādīṃllabhate nātra saṃśayaḥ

Having reduced Mercury's aṣṭakavarga, when Saturn goes to the rāśi ⟨given by⟩ the remainder, he obtains the destruction of sons, friends and the rest; there is no doubt in this.

गुरोरष्टकवर्गे च सन्तानमपि कल्पयेत्। गुरोः फलानि यावन्ति सुतस्थाने स्थितानि च

guroraṣṭakavarge ca santānamapi kalpayet| guroḥ phalāni yāvanti sutasthāne sthitāni ca

And in Jupiter's aṣṭakavarga one should reckon offspring too. However many figures of Jupiter stand in the 5th (suta) place —

शत्रुनीचग्रहफलं त्यक्त्वा तावन्त आत्मजाः। गुरोः सुतगृहे येऽंशास्तावन्तस्तनयाः स्मृताः

śatrunīcagrahaphalaṃ tyaktvā tāvanta ātmajāḥ| guroḥ sutagṛhe ye'ṃśāstāvantastanayāḥ smṛtāḥ

— leaving out the figures of grahas ⟨that are⟩ in inimical ⟨signs⟩ or debilitated, so many are the sons. However many aṃśas of Jupiter are in the house of sons, so many sons are declared.

सुतभेशनवांशैर्वा समानांस्तनयान्वदेत्।

sutabheśanavāṃśairvā samānāṃstanayānvadet|

Or one should declare sons equal ⟨in number⟩ to the navāṃśas of the lord of the 5th (suta) sign.

गुरोरष्टकवर्गे च शोध्यशेषफलेषु वै

guroraṣṭakavarge ca śodhyaśeṣaphaleṣu vai

And in Jupiter's aṣṭakavarga, among the figures remaining after the reduction —

क्रूराश्रितफलं त्यक्त्वा शेषास्तस्यात्मजाः स्मृताः। व्ययाष्टमसुतस्थैश्च पापैः क्षीणा हि सन्ततिः

krūrāśritaphalaṃ tyaktvā śeṣāstasyātmajāḥ smṛtāḥ| vyayāṣṭamasutasthaiśca pāpaiḥ kṣīṇā hi santatiḥ

— leaving out the figure resorted to by malefics, the remainder are declared to be his sons. And by malefics standing in the 12th (vyaya), the 8th and the 5th (suta), the progeny is indeed diminished.

गुरोरष्टकवर्गे चेत्सुतराशौ फलत्रयम्। अल्पात्मजः स विज्ञेयो गुरोः पञ्चमभेऽपि वा

guroraṣṭakavarge cetsutarāśau phalatrayam| alpātmajaḥ sa vijñeyo guroḥ pañcamabhe'pi vā

If in Jupiter's aṣṭakavarga there are three figures in the 5th (suta) rāśi, he is to be known as one of few sons; or ⟨so too⟩ in the 5th from Jupiter —

तदीशयुक्तदृष्टे वा तदा पुत्रान्समादिशेत्।

tadīśayuktadṛṣṭe vā tadā putrānsamādiśet|

— or, when ⟨that place⟩ is joined with or aspected by its lord, then one should declare sons.

एतैर्बहुप्रकारैस्तु कल्पयेत्कालवित्तमः

etairbahuprakāraistu kalpayetkālavittamaḥ

By these many methods, then, the foremost knower of time should reckon ⟨the results⟩.

सर्वलक्षणसंयोगे तदा तस्मिन् समादिशेत्। वंशक्षयादियोगा हि वक्ष्यन्तेऽग्रे मया स्फुटम्

sarvalakṣaṇasaṃyoge tadā tasmin samādiśet| vaṃśakṣayādiyogā hi vakṣyante'gre mayā sphuṭam

When all the marks come together, then one should declare ⟨the result⟩ in that ⟨case⟩. For the yogas of the ruin of the lineage and the rest will be told by me plainly further on.

पूर्वोक्तलक्षणेनैव वंशलक्ष्म समादिशेत्।

pūrvoktalakṣaṇenaiva vaṃśalakṣma samādiśet|

By that very mark stated before, one should declare the mark of the lineage.

भृगोरष्टकवर्गं च निक्षिप्याकाशचारिषु

bhṛgoraṣṭakavargaṃ ca nikṣipyākāśacāriṣu

And having set down the aṣṭakavarga of Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩ upon the sky-faring ⟨grahas⟩,

त्रिकोणशोधनं कुर्यात्पश्चादेकाधिपत्यजम्। येषु भेषु फलानि स्युर्विशेषेण च तेषु च

trikoṇaśodhanaṃ kuryātpaścādekādhipatyajam| yeṣu bheṣu phalāni syurviśeṣeṇa ca teṣu ca

one should perform the trikoṇa reduction, and after that the one born of single lordship ⟨ekādhipatya⟩. In whichever signs the ⟨bindu-⟩results stand, in those especially —

भूमिं कलत्रं वित्तं च कालविन्निर्दिशेन्नृणाम्। शुक्रजामित्रतो लब्धिं दाराणां निर्दिशेद् बुधः

bhūmiṃ kalatraṃ vittaṃ ca kālavinnirdiśennṛṇām| śukrajāmitrato labdhiṃ dārāṇāṃ nirdiśed budhaḥ

the knower of time should declare for men land, wife and wealth. From the 7th ⟨jāmitra⟩ reckoned from Venus the wise one should declare the gaining of wives.

दाराधिपांशपक्षेत्रं दारजन्मर्क्षभं विदुः। तस्योच्चे निजराशौ वा केचिदिच्छन्ति तद्विदः

dārādhipāṃśapakṣetraṃ dārajanmarkṣabhaṃ viduḥ| tasyocce nijarāśau vā kecidicchanti tadvidaḥ

They know the sign of the lord of the amśa ⟨held by⟩ the lord of the 7th ⟨dāra⟩ as the wife's birth sign. Some who know that hold ⟨it to be⟩ in its exaltation or in its own rāśi.

तस्यांशकत्रिकोणे वा भार्याजन्मर्क्षभं वदेत्। लग्नेन्द्वोर्भाग्यभं जन्म वदन्ति मुनिसत्तमाः

tasyāṃśakatrikoṇe vā bhāryājanmarkṣabhaṃ vadet| lagnendvorbhāgyabhaṃ janma vadanti munisattamāḥ

Or in a trikoṇa from its amśaka one should state the wife's birth sign. The best of sages say her birth ⟨sign⟩ is the 9th ⟨bhāgya⟩ from the lagna and from the Moon.

उक्तप्रकारमार्गेण भार्याया जन्मलग्नभम्। तयोः समागमर्क्षं च कल्पयेदत्र बुद्धिमान्

uktaprakāramārgeṇa bhāryāyā janmalagnabham| tayoḥ samāgamarkṣaṃ ca kalpayedatra buddhimān

By the method of the manner stated, the intelligent one should here work out the wife's birth-lagna sign, and also the sign of the meeting of the two.

अनुक्तराशिजन्मर्क्षमस्ति चेन्नास्ति सन्ततिः। भाग्यदारेशयुक्तर्क्षफलसङ्ख्याः स्त्रियो विदुः

anuktarāśijanmarkṣamasti cennāsti santatiḥ| bhāgyadāreśayuktarkṣaphalasaṅkhyāḥ striyo viduḥ

If the birth sign is a rāśi not ⟨among those⟩ stated, there is no progeny. They know the number of women to be the ⟨bindu-⟩result of the sign joined by the lords of the 9th ⟨bhāgya⟩ and of the 7th ⟨dāra⟩.

क्षेत्रे त्रिगुणना तुल्या नवांशे द्विगुणास्तथा।

kṣetre triguṇanā tulyā navāṃśe dviguṇāstathā|

In the kṣetra ⟨rāśi⟩ the count is correspondingly threefold, and in the navāmśa likewise twofold.

मन्दांशे मन्दसंयुक्ते मन्दक्षेत्रगते भृगौ

mandāṃśe mandasaṃyukte mandakṣetragate bhṛgau

When Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩ stands in an amśa of Saturn, or is joined with Saturn, or has gone to a sign of Saturn,

नीचांशे पापयुक्ते वा नीचस्त्रीभोगमृच्छति। भौमांशकगते शुक्रे भौमक्षेत्रगतेऽथवा

nīcāṃśe pāpayukte vā nīcastrībhogamṛcchati| bhaumāṃśakagate śukre bhaumakṣetragate'thavā

or is in a debilitation amśa, or joined with a malefic, he comes by the enjoyment of a low woman. When Venus has gone to an amśaka of Mars ⟨bhauma⟩, or to a sign of Mars,

भौमेन दृष्टे युक्ते वा परस्त्रीभोगमिच्छति।

bhaumena dṛṣṭe yukte vā parastrībhogamicchati|

or is aspected by Mars, or joined ⟨with him⟩, he desires the enjoyment of another man's wife.

जामित्रे मन्दभौमांशे तदीशे मन्दकामगे

jāmitre mandabhaumāṃśe tadīśe mandakāmage

When the 7th ⟨jāmitra⟩ is in an amśa of Saturn and Mars, and its lord has gone to the 7th ⟨kāma⟩ from Saturn,

वेश्या वा जारिणी वाऽपि तस्य भार्या न संशयः।

veśyā vā jāriṇī vā'pi tasya bhāryā na saṃśayaḥ|

His wife is a harlot, or else an adulteress — there is no doubt of it.

पापारूढांशगे चन्द्रे जामित्रे व्ययभेऽपि वा

pāpārūḍhāṃśage candre jāmitre vyayabhe'pi vā

When the Moon is in an amśa mounted by a malefic, in the 7th ⟨jāmitra⟩ or in the 12th ⟨vyaya⟩ as well,

पापग्रहान्विते शुक्रे स्त्रीहेतोर्भ्रंशमावहेत्।

pāpagrahānvite śukre strīhetorbhraṃśamāvahet|

and Venus is accompanied by malefic grahas, he incurs a fall on account of a woman.

शुक्रांशकसमाना स्त्री वर्णरूपगुणान्विता

śukrāṃśakasamānā strī varṇarūpaguṇānvitā

The woman is like the amśaka of Venus, endowed with ⟨its⟩ complexion, form and qualities.

भाग्येशांशपतुल्या वा दारेशस्य गुणान्विता। तेषां बलाबलेनैव भार्याया लक्षणं वदेत्

bhāgyeśāṃśapatulyā vā dāreśasya guṇānvitā| teṣāṃ balābalenaiva bhāryāyā lakṣaṇaṃ vadet

Or she is like the lord of the amśa of the lord of the 9th ⟨bhāgyeśa⟩, ⟨or⟩ endowed with the qualities of the lord of the 7th ⟨dāreśa⟩. By the strength and weakness of these alone one should state the marks of the wife.

एवमादिफलं ज्ञात्वा निर्दिशेत् शुक्रवर्गतः।

evamādiphalaṃ jñātvā nirdiśet śukravargataḥ|

Having known the results beginning thus, one should declare ⟨them⟩ from the varga of Venus.

शनैश्चराष्टवर्गं च निक्षिप्याकाशचारिषु

śanaiścarāṣṭavargaṃ ca nikṣipyākāśacāriṣu

And having set down the aṣṭavarga of Śanaiścara ⟨Saturn⟩ upon the sky-faring ⟨grahas⟩,

लग्नप्रभृतिमन्दान्तं फलान्येकत्र योजयेत्। मन्दादिलग्नपर्यन्तं फलान्यन्यत्र योजयेत्

lagnaprabhṛtimandāntaṃ phalānyekatra yojayet| mandādilagnaparyantaṃ phalānyanyatra yojayet

one should add together in one place the results from the lagna up to Saturn, and add in another place the results from Saturn up to the lagna.

फलसङ्ख्यासमानाब्दे व्याधिं दुःखं समादिशेत्। तयोर्योगसमानाब्दं मृत्युवर्षं प्रचक्षते

phalasaṅkhyāsamānābde vyādhiṃ duḥkhaṃ samādiśet| tayoryogasamānābdaṃ mṛtyuvarṣaṃ pracakṣate

In the year equal to ⟨each⟩ number of results one should declare disease and sorrow. The year equal to the sum of the two they declare to be the year of death.

शोध्यसंशोधनं कृत्वा पिण्डं संस्थाप्य रन्ध्रगैः। फलैर्हत्वा भजेत्सप्तविंशत्यायुः फलं भवेत्

śodhyasaṃśodhanaṃ kṛtvā piṇḍaṃ saṃsthāpya randhragaiḥ| phalairhatvā bhajetsaptaviṃśatyāyuḥ phalaṃ bhavet

Having made the reduction of what is to be reduced, and having set down the piṇḍa, one should multiply it by the results standing in the 8th ⟨randhra⟩ and divide by twenty-seven; the quotient is the ⟨measure of⟩ life.

शेषेण मासा दिवसा घटिकाश्च प्रकल्पयेत्। दशाछिद्रसमे काले तस्मिन् मृत्युर्न संशयः

śeṣeṇa māsā divasā ghaṭikāśca prakalpayet| daśāchidrasame kāle tasmin mṛtyurna saṃśayaḥ

By the remainder one should work out months, days and ghaṭikās. At that time, coinciding with the daśā-chidra, death ⟨comes⟩ — there is no doubt.

मन्दाष्टवर्गे राशौ तु फलहीने क्षयो भवेत्। तद्भक्ते भास्करेणेन्दौ तस्मिन् काले मृतिं वदेत्

mandāṣṭavarge rāśau tu phalahīne kṣayo bhavet| tadbhakte bhāskareṇendau tasmin kāle mṛtiṃ vadet

But in Saturn's aṣṭavarga, in the sign that is void of results, there will be decline. When that ⟨sign⟩ is traversed by the Sun, ⟨and⟩ when the Moon ⟨is there⟩, at that time one should declare death.

सर्वग्रहान् फलयुतांश्च नियोज्य चक्रे मूर्त्या च सर्वमशुभं च शुभं समं च। जन्मादितः फलमशेषदशां समीक्ष्य यात्राविवाहसमये कथयेद्विधिज्ञः

sarvagrahān phalayutāṃśca niyojya cakre mūrtyā ca sarvamaśubhaṃ ca śubhaṃ samaṃ ca| janmāditaḥ phalamaśeṣadaśāṃ samīkṣya yātrāvivāhasamaye kathayedvidhijñaḥ

Having set into the chart all the grahas together with their results, and ⟨having judged⟩ by the figure everything — the inauspicious, the auspicious and the middling — the knower of the rule, having surveyed the result from birth onward and the whole ⟨run of the⟩ daśās, should declare ⟨it⟩ at the time of a journey and of a marriage.

रवेः —बालोबलिष्ठो लवणागमो सुरो चन्द्रस्य—रागीमुरारी शिखरीन्द्रगाथया। कुजस्य—भौमोगणेन्द्रोलघुभावतासुरो बुधस्य—गोकर्णरक्तातुपुराणमैथिली

raveḥ —bālobaliṣṭho lavaṇāgamo suro candrasya—rāgīmurārī śikharīndragāthayā| kujasya—bhaumogaṇendrolaghubhāvatāsuro budhasya—gokarṇaraktātupurāṇamaithilī

Of the Sun — ⟨the code-string⟩ bālo baliṣṭho lavaṇāgamo suro; of the Moon — rāgī murārī śikharīndragāthayā; of Mars — bhaumo gaṇendro laghubhāvatāsuro; of Mercury — gokarṇaraktātupurāṇamaithilī.

गुरोः—रुद्रःपरङ्गह्वरभैरवस्थली शुक्रस्य—रागीबलीभास्वरगर्भिगाचलाः। शनेः—गिरोविवस्वान्बलवद्विवक्षया लग्नस्यः— शूलीममप्रीतिकरोत्रतीर्थङ्कृत्

guroḥ—rudraḥparaṅgahvarabhairavasthalī śukrasya—rāgībalībhāsvaragarbhigācalāḥ| śaneḥ—girovivasvānbalavadvivakṣayā lagnasyaḥ— śūlīmamaprītikarotratīrthaṅkṛt

Of Jupiter — ⟨the code-string⟩ rudraḥ paraṅgahvarabhairavasthalī; of Venus — rāgī balī bhāsvaragarbhigācalāḥ; of Saturn — giro vivasvān balavadvivakṣayā; of the lagna — śūlī mamaprītikarotratīrthaṅkṛt.

सर्वकर्मफलोपेतमष्टवर्गं विदुर्बुधाः। अन्यथा तस्य विज्ञानं दुर्ज्ञेयं गुणदोषजम्

sarvakarmaphalopetamaṣṭavargaṃ vidurbudhāḥ| anyathā tasya vijñānaṃ durjñeyaṃ guṇadoṣajam

The wise know the aṣṭavarga to be furnished with the fruits of every undertaking. Otherwise the discernment of it, arising as it does from ⟨the weighing of⟩ merit and defect, is hard to come by.

नगा (30) धिकफला ये स्यू राशयस्ते शुभप्रदाः। तत्त्वादि (25) खगुणा (30) न्ताक्षा राशयो मध्यमा मताः

nagā (30) dhikaphalā ye syū rāśayaste śubhapradāḥ| tattvādi (25) khaguṇā (30) ntākṣā rāśayo madhyamā matāḥ

Those rāśis whose resulting ⟨figure⟩ exceeds naga (30) are the givers of auspicious results; those rāśis whose marks begin at tattva (25) and end at khaguṇa (30) are held to be middling.

अतिक्षीणफला ये स्यू राशयस्तेऽधमाः स्मृताः। श्रेष्ठराशिषु सर्वाणि शुभकार्याणि कारयेत्

atikṣīṇaphalā ye syū rāśayaste'dhamāḥ smṛtāḥ| śreṣṭharāśiṣu sarvāṇi śubhakāryāṇi kārayet

Those rāśis whose result is exceedingly diminished are held to be the lowest. In the best rāśis one should have all auspicious undertakings performed.

श्रेष्ठान् राशीन् मुहूर्तेषु योजयेन्मतिमान्नरः। यस्य व्ययाधिकं लग्नं भोगवानर्थवान् भवेत्

śreṣṭhān rāśīn muhūrteṣu yojayenmatimānnaraḥ| yasya vyayādhikaṃ lagnaṃ bhogavānarthavān bhavet

A man of judgement should employ the best rāśis in ⟨fixing⟩ muhūrtas. He whose lagna is greater than his vyaya (the 12th) becomes a man of enjoyments and of wealth.

विपरीते तु दारिद्र्यं भविष्यति न संशयः। त्रिंशतो मध्यमं पूर्वं परं तस्माच्छुभं भवेत्

viparīte tu dāridryaṃ bhaviṣyati na saṃśayaḥ| triṃśato madhyamaṃ pūrvaṃ paraṃ tasmācchubhaṃ bhavet

But in the contrary case there will be poverty — there is no doubt of it. What falls short of thirty is middling; what is beyond that is auspicious.

मूर्त्यादि व्ययपर्यन्तं बोध्यं भावफलं बुधैः। अधिके शोभनं विद्याद्धीने दोषं विनिर्दिशेत्

mūrtyādi vyayaparyantaṃ bodhyaṃ bhāvaphalaṃ budhaiḥ| adhike śobhanaṃ vidyāddhīne doṣaṃ vinirdiśet

The wise should understand the result of each bhāva from mūrti (the 1st) up to vyaya (the 12th). Where ⟨the figure⟩ is greater one should know it good; where it is less one should declare a blemish.

षष्ठाष्टमव्ययांस्त्यक्त्वा शेषाण्येवं प्रकल्पयेत्।

ṣaṣṭhāṣṭamavyayāṃstyaktvā śeṣāṇyevaṃ prakalpayet|

Leaving aside the sixth, the eighth and the vyaya (the 12th), one should reckon the remaining ⟨bhāvas⟩ in this way.

मीनादिमिथुनान्तेषु प्रथमं खण्डमिष्यते

mīnādimithunānteṣu prathamaṃ khaṇḍamiṣyate

Among ⟨the signs⟩ from Mīna (Pisces) to Mithuna (Gemini) the first khaṇḍa (segment) is intended.

वृश्चिकादिघटान्तेषु द्वितीयं खण्डमिष्यते। कर्कटादितुलान्तेषु तृतीयं खण्डमुच्यते

vṛścikādighaṭānteṣu dvitīyaṃ khaṇḍamiṣyate| karkaṭāditulānteṣu tṛtīyaṃ khaṇḍamucyate

Among ⟨the signs⟩ from Vṛścika (Scorpio) to Ghaṭa (Kumbha, Aquarius) the second khaṇḍa is intended; among ⟨those⟩ from Karkaṭa (Cancer) to Tulā (Libra) the third khaṇḍa is declared.

खण्डत्रयं पृथक् स्थाप्यमन्यत् किन्तु निरीक्षयेत्। वयोऽनुरूपकर्मादि तेनैवैवं विनिर्दिशेत्

khaṇḍatrayaṃ pṛthak sthāpyamanyat kintu nirīkṣayet| vayo'nurūpakarmādi tenaivaivaṃ vinirdiśet

The three khaṇḍas are to be set down separately; but one should look at the other ⟨as well⟩. By that very ⟨reckoning⟩ one should thus declare the acts and the rest befitting the ⟨person's⟩ age.

अधिके शोभनं विद्याद्धीने दोषफलं तु वै। खण्डत्रयं निरीक्ष्यैव दशानयनमीरयेत्

adhike śobhanaṃ vidyāddhīne doṣaphalaṃ tu vai| khaṇḍatrayaṃ nirīkṣyaiva daśānayanamīrayet

Where ⟨the figure⟩ is greater one should know it good; where it is less, ⟨one should know⟩ a result of blemish. Only after examining the three khaṇḍas should one set forth the working-out of the daśā.

पापग्रहसमारूढं खण्डं क्लेशकरं स्मृतम्। सौम्यैः पुष्टफलं ज्ञेयं मिश्रैर्मिश्रफलं स्मृतम्

pāpagrahasamārūḍhaṃ khaṇḍaṃ kleśakaraṃ smṛtam| saumyaiḥ puṣṭaphalaṃ jñeyaṃ miśrairmiśraphalaṃ smṛtam

A khaṇḍa mounted by malefic grahas is held to be productive of distress; with benefics the result is to be known as thriving; with mixed ⟨grahas⟩ a mixed result is held ⟨to follow⟩.

खण्डत्रयफलं ज्ञात्वा दशाफलमुदीरयेत्।

khaṇḍatrayaphalaṃ jñātvā daśāphalamudīrayet|

Having known the result of the three khaṇḍas, one should declare the result of the daśā.

लग्नप्रभृति मन्दान्तम् एकीकृत्य फलानि वै

lagnaprabhṛti mandāntam ekīkṛtya phalāni vai

Having made the results one, from the lagna up to Manda (Saturn) —

सप्तभिर्गुणयेत्तस्मात् सप्तविंशतिभाजितात्। तत्फलस्य समानेऽब्दे दुःखं वा रोगमाप्नुयात्

saptabhirguṇayettasmāt saptaviṃśatibhājitāt| tatphalasya samāne'bde duḥkhaṃ vā rogamāpnuyāt

one should multiply by seven; and from that ⟨product⟩ divided by twenty-seven, in the year equal to the resulting ⟨figure⟩ one meets with sorrow or with disease.

मन्दप्रभृति लग्नान्तमेवमेव प्रकल्पयेत् भौमान्तं लग्नतस्तद्वद्भौमाल्लग्नान्तमेव च

mandaprabhṛti lagnāntamevameva prakalpayet bhaumāntaṃ lagnatastadvadbhaumāllagnāntameva ca

From Manda (Saturn) up to the lagna one should reckon in just this same way; likewise from the lagna up to Bhauma (Mars), and from Bhauma up to the lagna.

क्लेशायासविरोधादील्ँलभते नात्र संशयः।

kleśāyāsavirodhādīlm̐labhate nātra saṃśayaḥ|

⟨he⟩ obtains distress, exertion, opposition and the like — there is no doubt in this.

ज्ञेया मन्दादिलग्नान्तनवांशकयुतिर्बुधैः

jñeyā mandādilagnāntanavāṃśakayutirbudhaiḥ

The wise should know the sum of the navāṃśakas from Manda (Saturn) up to the lagna.

तद्योगसदृशे वर्षे चायुधक्लेशमादिशेत्।

tadyogasadṛśe varṣe cāyudhakleśamādiśet|

and in the year equal to that sum one should declare distress from weapons.

राहुभौमादिलग्नान्तमंशयोगसमाब्दके

rāhubhaumādilagnāntamaṃśayogasamābdake

In the year equal to the sum of the aṃśas ⟨counted⟩ from Rāhu and Bhauma (Mars) up to the lagna —

विपदस्त्रक्षतायासदुःखादीनि समादिशेत्। शुभग्रहादिलग्नान्तमंशयोगसमाब्दके

vipadastrakṣatāyāsaduḥkhādīni samādiśet| śubhagrahādilagnāntamaṃśayogasamābdake

one should declare calamity, wounds from weapons, exertion, sorrow and the like. In the year equal to the sum of the aṃśas ⟨counted⟩ from a benefic graha up to the lagna —

पुत्रवित्तसुखादीनि लभते नात्र संशयः।